Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Sorbtech MiniCat

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 110

Chromatography and Laboratory Products

2014

Ordering - Sales, Terms, & Conditions


Phone: 866-SORBTEC (767-2832) Fax: 770-936-0326 Email: sales@sorbtech.com Online: www.sorbtech.com Payment Terms: Mail: Sorbent Technologies, Inc. 5955 Peachtree Corners East Suite A Norcross, GA 30071

Payment by valid credit card unless otherwise stated, FOB, Norcross, Georgia. Net 30 days is subject to approval and agreement. Shipping and Insurance are prepaid and added to invoice. A charge of 1.5% interest per month late charge will be applied to accounts after net 30. Orders (domestic and international) may be payable by wired funds.

Pricing and Discounts: Purchase Orders: Credit Cards:

To better serve our customers each order is custom quoted. Quantity and blanket order discounts are available.

Please call us at 866-SORBTEC (767-2832) or Intl 770-936-0323 to be approved for an online PO. Once your name and company is approved, you may do future online POs under an online user name that you created upon registration on www.sorbtech.com.

We accept Mastercard, Visa, Discover & American Express Include your credit card number, expiration date, and CV code if ordering by credit card.

International Orders:

Please call +1-770-963-0323 to place your international order. Because shipping and insurance are prepaid and added to the invoice, we do not accept international orders online. All international orders must be prepaid. Orders under $400 may be paid by credit card (Visa, Mastercard, Discover or American Express) or wired funds. Orders over $400 are payable by wired funds only.

Return Policy:

Please contact us immediately if an item is to be returned. We will issue a R.A.N. (Return Authorization Number) when and where appropriate. Returns are subject to approval and may incur a 25% restocking fee. If a product was shipped in error, no restocking fee will be incurred.

Damaged Goods:

Please inspect your shipment upon receipt. If external damage, accept only after driver has noted damage on all copies of delivery receipt. If you receive Damaged Goods or a shortage, contact the carrier immediately to make a claim. Save all packing materials to be inspected by carrier. All claims must be made within 5 days of receipt of shipment.

Warranty

Sorbent Technologies, Inc. warrants its products to be free from known defects and shall conform to the description and specifications of such products as specified on the label, and in the catalog, data sheets, or literature at the time of the sale. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Sorbent Technologies, Inc.s warranty is strictly limited to the value of the product sold. This warranty is exclusive, and Sorbent Technologies, Inc. makes no other warranty, express or implied, including without limitation any implied warranties of merchantability and/or fitness for any particular purpose. Sorbent Technologies, Inc. is not responsible for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, compensatory, or consequential damages. If you are not fully satisfied with any Sorbent Technologies, Inc.s products, contact us within 30 days of purchase and we will (at our discretion) provide replacement or credit.

All trademarks are properties of their respective owners. Copyright 2014 Sorbent Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved.

SORBTECH
S O R B E N T T E C H N O L O G I E S

Providing Purity and Performance, Service and Selection


Page
About Sorbent Technologies Inc....................................................................... 4 Silica Gel ...................................................................................................................... 5 Granular .................................................................................................................. 6 Silica Gel for ASTM D1319-01 & ISO 3837 .................................................. 9 Spherical ...............................................................................................................10 Bonded Phases...................................................................................................13 Dry Column Chromatography ........................................................................ 16 Alumina .................................................................................................................... 18 Alumina Solvent Purification ........................................................................21 Specialty Adsorbents ......................................................................................... 24 Polymeric Resins ................................................................................................... 26 SPE Cartridges ....................................................................................................... 33 CHROMABOND ................................................................................................33 QuEChERS.............................................................................................................43 Vacuum Manifold...............................................................................................44 Jordi .......................................................................................................................46 TLC Plates ................................................................................................................ 48 Flash Cartridges .................................................................................................... 57 EZ Flash System..................................................................................................... 61 EZ Mini Pump......................................................................................................61 EZ Fraction Collectors.......................................................................................61 EZ Flash Detectors.............................................................................................62 FPLC Columns......................................................................................................... 66 SNAP.....................................................................................................................66 Econoline and Econoline LP.......................................................................68 Upscale & IsoKrom.............................................................................. 69 Syringe Filters......................................................................................................... 70 HPLC Columns........................................................................................................ 72 Sorbtech Purity...................................................................................................72 Macherey-Nagel.................................................................................................73 MCI GEL...............................................................................................................80 Jordi........................................................................................................................83 HPLC Column Packing System......................................................................... 85 GC Columns............................................................................................................. 86

Laboratory Equipment.................................................................96
Centrifan PE - Personal Evaporator..............................................................96 Variable Speed Rocker and Orbital/Linear Shaker.................................98 Hotplate Stirrers.................................................................................................99 Pipettors and Serilogical Pipets ................................................................ 100 Pipet Tips............................................................................................................ 101 Bottle Dispensers/Weigh Dishes/ Cuvettes........................................... 102 PCR Products.................................................................................................... 103 Tubes................................................................................................................... 104 Racks and Gloves............................................................................................. 105 Microscopes...................................................................................................... 106 Visit our website for our complete product selection and to search our application database.

www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

3 www.sorbtech.com

About Sorbent Technologies, Inc.


Your Success is Our Goal!
When chromatography is the means to the success of weeks or even years of hard work, industry leaders and researchers rely on Sorbent Technologies superior products, information and consultation. That is because we are committed to the success of your work and we partner with our customers to provide the most effective solutions for your projects unique challenges. Chromatography is our expertise. Our trained product specialists will assist you with method development and optimization from analytical methods to full scale process. Furthermore, we provide an extensive applications database to describe methods for LC, HPLC, SPE, TLC and GC which includes both mobile and stationary phases for your target compound. We understand the importance of your work and the necessity for high-quality information and products. This catalog displays a sampling of our product offerings and product information. To find out more about our full line of chromatography products, visit www.sorbtech.com or contact one of our product specialists at 866-SORBTECH.

Highest Quality
Since 2000 Sorbtech has been providing the highest-quality adsorbents for chromatography and purification from laboratory to pilot to full-scale production. Manufactured to the highest standards, all of our adsorbents offer: The highest purity Standardized activities Narrow particle and pore distributions Consistent particle shape and surface symmetry Excellent mechanical and structural properties for pressure stability Exceptional bonding techniques

4 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Silica Gel
Selection Guides
Silica Gel

Silica Gel is our specialty. We offer the largest selection of silica gels with pore diameters ranging from 60 to 1000 , particle sizes from 2 m to 500 m, and bonded phases from C18 to SAX (HPLC, MPLC, Flash & Gravity Grades). Sorbent Technologies offers the best selection of granular silica gels for chromatography including TLC, MPLC, Flash, and Gravity grades. Use the Silica Guides below to help you find the right silica for your application.

Broadest Selection
Sorbent Technologies offers a full range of standardized granular silica gels in premium and standard grades. Our complete selection of silica gel products designed to perform simple to complex analytical and preparative chromatographic techniques for laboratory, pilot, and industrial process applications. Granular and Spherical Particle sizes for analytical to preparative to process applications from 2.0 m to 3 mm Pore sizes for small to large molecule separations (proteins & peptides) from 60 to 1000 C18, C8, C4, C2, Amino, Cyano, Phenyl, Diol, and Custom Bonded Phases Modified aluminas with three pH levels and specific Brockmann activities Ion exchange resins with superior physical and chemical properties With all of these adsorbents available at Sorbtech, finding appropriate adsorbents is easy and convenient. Allow a Sorbtech product specialist to help you develop or optimize your application or process.

Compound to be Purified

Functionality

Capacity

Selectivity

Chemistry Solubility

Molecular Weight

Separation Difficulty

Non Aqueous

Aqueous

MW<1,000D

MW<10,000D

MW<50,000D

< 1.2

1.2 < < 1.5

1.5 < < 2.0

< 2.0

Non to Low Polarity

Low to Medium Polarity

Medium to High Polarity

Organic Molecules

Peptides

Polypeptides Bio-polymers

3 & 5 m 10 m 15 m

20 m 40 m 20 - 45 m

40-75 m

75-200 m

Silica

C4 & C8

C18

60 70

100 200 300

500 800 1000

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

5 www.sorbtech.com

Granular Silica Gel - TLC, MPLC, Flash, & Gravity LC Phases


Premium Rf silica gel is the finest granular silica gel on the market. This high purity product provides narrow particle and pore distribution and is designed to increase yield, making it ideal for every-day chromatography and complicated separations. With Premium Rf your lab can enjoy bulk quantities for large-scale applications, no scale-up limitation, and secured lots offered for process use. Granular or irregular-shaped silica gel is commonly used for the following applications: Medium Pressure Liquid Chromatography (MPLC), Flash Chromatography, and Classic Column Chromatography. Silica gels used for these applications are normally 60 or sometimes 100 . For larger porosities please visit our Spherical Silica Gel pages later on in this catalog and also available online at www.sorbtech.com. For granular bonded phase silica gel, see the Bonded Phase Section.
Silica Gel

Recommended Applications:

Aflatoxins

Chloramphenicol

Pesticides

Steroids

Vitamins

Advantages of Premium Rf Flash Silica Gel


1. Narrow particle distribution: 40-75 m +/- 5% versus leading brands +/- 10-12%. Better and easier packing. No channeling in the bed, leading to tighter bands, thus better separation. Lower pressure drop (fewer fine particles), leading to faster flow, thus faster run time. 2. Small pore volume: Higher bulk density. More silica gel per column volume, leading to greater loadability. Lower dead volume, leading to less solvent use. 3. Narrow pore size distribution: Minimum small pores. Maximum targeted surface area available, leading to greater loadability. Minimum risk of product trapped in pores, leading to increased yield and longer life time of the silica gel. 4. Purity: 99.95% SiO2 Our high purity (low metal impurities) ensures maximum resolution as compared to the competition. 5. Side by side comparison tests of every major silica gel show our Premium Rf to give the best results. Easier to pack More fractions Faster run time Better resolution Increased yield

Silica Gel - Granular


Premium Rf Premium Rf Premium Rf Premium Rf Premium Grade Standard Grade Standard Grade Standard Grade Standard Grade Standard Grade Standard Grade Standard Grade Standard Grade Standard Grade Standard Grade Standard Grade Standard Grade, Active Standard Grade, Active Standard Grade, Active Standard Grade, Active Standard Grade, Active Standard Grade, Active Standard Grade, Active

Catalog No.
52200 52300 52500 52700 40930M 11610 10910 10920 10930 30930M 40930 10940 30940 40940 10400 10950 10800 10810 10820 10830 10840 10850 10860

Particle Dist
15 - 40 m 20 - 45 m 40 - 75 m 75 - 200 m 40 - 63 m 5 - 15 m 12 - 26 m 18 - 32 m 32 - 63 m 40 - 63 m 40 - 63 m 63 - 200 m 63 - 200 m 63 - 200 m 100 - 200 m 200 - 500 m 18 - 32 m 32 - 63 m 32 - 100 m 63 - 100 m 63 - 200 m 100 - 200 m 200 - 500 m

Porosity
60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

pH Value
~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7 ~7

LOI
5% 5% 5% 5% 2 - 4% < 9% < 7% < 9% < 7% < 5% < 5% < 5% < 5% < 5% < 5% < 5%

Bulk Density
0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.4 g/ml 0.4 g/ml 0.4 g/ml 0.4 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.4 g/ml 0.4 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml

Surface Area
450-550 m2/g 450-550 m /g
2 2

Water Soluble Matter


0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.2%

470-570 m /g 470-570 m2/g 460-550 m /g


2 2

500-600 m /g 500-600 m2/g 500-600 m /g


2 2

500-600 m /g 450-550 m2/g 450-550 m /g


2 2

500-600 m /g 450-550 m2/g 450-550 m /g


2 2

500-600 m /g 500-600 m2/g 500-600 m /g


2 2 2

500-600 m /g 500-600 m /g 500-600 m2/g 500-600 m /g


2 2

500-600 m /g 500-600 m2/g

6 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

TLC Silica Gels - Granular


Sorbent Technologies offers an assortment of silica gels for the making of analytical and preparative TLC plates. Our Silica Gel for TLC (Cat. #11610) and Silica Gel for Prep. TLC (Cat. #52200) contain neither an inorganic nor an organic binder. They can also be used in a packed column format for extra high resolution. TLC Slurry preparation for soft layer coating: 1. Silica Gel and small amount of calcium sulfate (gypsum) is mixed with water. 2. This mixture is spread as a thick slurry on a clean glass plate. 3. The resultant plate is dried and activated by heating in an oven for thirty minutes at 110 C. The thickness of the absorbent layer is typically around 0.1 0.25 mm for analytical purposes and around 0.5 2.0 mm for preparative TLC.
Silica Gel

Cat. #
11610-05 11610-25 11620-05 11620-25 11630-05 11630-25 11640-05 11640-25 52200-1 52200-25 11650-1 11650-5 11660-1 11660-5

Product
Silica Gel for TLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for TLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for TLC, Standard Grade, 60 , w/UV254 Silica Gel for TLC, Standard Grade, 60 , w/UV254 Silica Gel for TLC, Standard Grade, 60 , w/ Gypsum Silica Gel for TLC, Standard Grade, 60 , w/ Gypsum Silica Gel for TLC, Standard Grade, 60 , w/ Gypsum and UV254 Silica Gel for TLC, Standard Grade, 60 , w/ Gypsum and UV254 Silica Gel for Prep. TLC, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel for Prep. TLC, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel for Prep. TLC, 60 , w/UV254 Silica Gel for Prep. TLC, 60 , w/UV254 Silica Gel for Prep. TLC, 60 , w/Gypsum and UV254 Silica Gel for Prep. TLC, 60 , w/Gypsum and UV254

Part. Dist.
5-15 m 5-15 m 5-15 m 5-15 m 5-15 m 5-15 m 5-15 m 5-15 m 15-40 m 15-40 m 5-50 m 5-50 m 5-50 m 5-50 m

Size
500 g 25 kg 500 g 25 kg 500 g 25 kg 500 g 25 kg 1 kg 25 kg 1 kg 5 kg 1 kg 5 kg

MPLC Silica Gels - Granular


Improve Your Resolution with MPLC When working with difficult separations that give very low Rf-values on initial screenings by TLC and require larger volumes of flash grade silica, you need the improved resolution power that Sorbtech MPLC grades provide. By using a smaller particle size, a higher number of theoretical plates are achieved using the same volume of silica which in turn increases the resolution.

Cat. #
10910-05 10910-1 10910-2.5 10910-5 10910-25 10920-05 10920-1 10920-2.5 10920-5 10920-25 52300-05 52300-1 52300-2.5 52300-5 52300-25

Product
Silica Gel for MPLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel for MPLC, Premium Rf, 60

Part. Dist.
12-26 m 12-26 m 12-26 m 12-26 m 12-26 m 18-32 m 18-32 m 18-32 m 18-32 m 18-32 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m

Size
500 g 1 kg 2.5 kg 5 kg 25 kg 500 g 1 kg 2.5 kg 5 kg 25 kg 500 g 1 kg 2.5 kg 5 kg 25 kg

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist.

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

7 www.sorbtech.com

Flash Silica Gels - Granular


Sorbtech offers high-quality flash and granular silica gels. Our extensive range of silicas have been selected for high performance and optimal reproducibility while offering a wide range of particle sizes and pore diameters. * For Reversed-Phased Silica Gels, see Bonded Phase Silica Gels section.
Silica Gel

Cat. #
52500-05 52500-1 52500-2.5 52500-5 52500-25 40930M-05 40930M-1 40930M-2.5 40930M-5 40930M-25 30930M-05 30930M-1 30930M-2.5 30930M-5 30930M-25 40930-05 40930-1 40930-2.5 40930-5 40930-25

Product
Silica Gel, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel, Premium, 60 Silica Gel, Premium, 60 Silica Gel, Premium, 60 Silica Gel, Premium, 60 Silica Gel, Premium, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60

Grade
Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash

Part. Dist.
40-75 m (200x400 mesh) 40-75 m (200x400 mesh) 40-75 m (200x400 mesh) 40-75 m (200x400 mesh) 40-75 m (200x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh) 40-63 m (230x400 mesh)

Size
500 g 1 kg 2.5 kg 5 kg 25 kg 500 g 1 kg 2.5 kg 5 kg 25 kg 500 g 1 kg 2.5 kg 5 kg 25 kg 500 g 1 kg 2.5 kg 5 kg 25 kg

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist.

Gravity Silica Gels - Granular


Cat. #
52700-05 52700-1 52700-2.5 52700-5 52700-20 30940-05 30940-1 30940-2.5 30940-5 30940-25 40940-05 40940-1 40940-2.5 40940-5 40940-25 10840-05

Silica gels for normal phase, classical column chromatography.

Product
Silica Gel, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel, Premium Rf, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Standard Grade, 60 Silica Gel, Active, 60

Grade
Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity

Part. Dist.
75-200 m (70x200 mesh) 75-200 m (70x200 mesh) 75-200 m (70x200 mesh) 75-200 m (70x200 mesh) 75-200 m (70x200 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh)

Size
500 g 1 kg 2.5 kg 5 kg 20 kg 500 g 1 kg 2.5 kg 5 kg 25 kg 500 g 1 kg 2.5 kg 5 kg 25 kg 500 g

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist.

8 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Silica Gel for ASTM D1319-02a and ISO 3037


Quality Silica Gel
Our Silica Gel #51600 is a high purity silica and is manufactured to conform to the specifications of ASTM D1319-02a Test Method for Hydrocarbon Types in Liquid Petroleum Products by Fluorescent Indicator Adsorption & ISO 3037 Liquid Petroleum Products-Determination of Hydrocarbon Types-Fluorescent Indicator Adsorption Method. Sorbtech Silica Gel #51600 can be used in place of W.R. Graces product (Code 923.) See table below.

ASTM D1319-02a

This method covers the determination of hydrocarbon types over the concentration ranges from 5 to 99 volume % aromatics, 0.3 to 55 volume % olefins, and 1 to 95 volume % saturates in petroleum fractions that distill below 315 C. This test method may apply to concentrations outside these ranges, but the precision has not been determined. Samples containing dark-colored components that interfere in reading the chromatographic bands cannot be analyzed.

ISO 3037

The determination of the total volume percent [% (V/V)] of saturates, olefins, and aromatics in petroleum fractions is important in characterizing the quality of petroleum fractions as gasoline blending components and as feeds to catalytic reforming processes, and in characterizing petroleum fractions and products from catalytic reforming and from thermal and catalytic cracking as blending components for motor and aviation fuels. This information is also important as a measure of the quality of aviation turbine fuels.

Cat #51600, Silica Gel, Premium Rf, 30 , 75-150 m - Typical Product Specifications
Item
Year Surface Area pH Loss of Ignition Fe2O3 Particle Size Distribution on 250 m on 180 m on 150 m 75 to 150 m Thru 75 m Pore Volume H2O Laser APS SiO2 Na Mg Al Ca Fe Zr Ti Cr Mn Co Ni Zn Cd Pb ml/g % m % ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm 15 max 0 1.2 max 5 max 1.2 max 0 0 0 94.4 5.6 0.39 0.66 141.23 99.95 29 0.8 5 5.1 3.8 15 102 0.18 0.02 0.17 0.06 0.2 0.02 0.13 mass % Mass ppm m /g
2

Unit

ASTM D1319-02a
2002 430-530 5.5-7.0 4.5-10.0 50 max

Results
515 5.99 4.87 -

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

9 www.sorbtech.com

Silica Gel

Spherical Silica Gel - HPLC, MPLC, Flash & Gravity LC Phases


Spherical vs. Granular
1. Physical Properties
Silica Gel

Spherical Silica Granular Silica

Cat. #63700 Competitor A

100 , 75-200 m 100 , 60-200 m Granular


281 1.14 0.40 1.65 7.5 15,700 33 143 228 9 2.5 530 1100 60 235 11.44 3.50 118 2.1

Spherical has lower pore-volume and high bulk density Higher loading in the same column volume Spherical has high specific resistance. Low impurity content Spherical has high transparency. Low content of fine particles

Items Unit Spherical

2. Particle Size Distribution

Spherical has lower mean particle size and sharper distribution Higher efficiency Lower pressure drop and easier flow rate Spherical Shape Stable chromatography bed No fine generations

3. Chemical Properties / Impurities 4. Flash Chromatography Test


Flash chromatography conditions:
Column: Sample weight: Mobile phase: Flow rate: Detection:

Spherical has lower impurity levels, especially for calcium No undesirable tailing of polar compounds

20 x 500 mm glass column 25 g 1. Benzene 2. Dimethyl phthalate n-hexane / ethyl acetate (90-10) w% 5 cm/min (15.7 ml /min) UV 254 nm

Surface area (m2/g) 272 Pore volume (ml/g) 0.81 Bulk density (g/ml) 0.51 Loss on drying (%) 6.43 pH (5% suspension) - 7.8 Specific resistance (cm) 57,100 Transparency (%) 76 Particle Size d50 (Average) m 103 d10 m 141 d90 m 80 d10/d90 - 1.8 Chemical Impurities Na g/g 298 Ca g/g 90 Fe g/g 18 Column height (mm) 172 Retention time (DMP) min 10.61 k (DMP) 2.48 N (DMP) 241 Symmetry (DMP) 1.6

Spherical Silica shows higher resolution. The reasons are: Smaller particle size. Homogeneous packing due to the spherical particle shape.

5a. Adsorption Curve

A long break through time (point A) indicates higher capacity A short mass transfer time (A-B) indicates higher equilibrium
Both silica gels were packed in 4.6 x 250 mm stainless steel columns by dry packing. Capacity of dimethyl phthalate (DMP): Flow rate 2 ml/min d (solvent) 0.65 g/ml or 1.3 g/min DMP (1%) 13 mg/min Capacity (mg) 13 x A

Adsorption Times
Point A Point B Segment A-B Column Capacity Silica capacity

(min) (min) (min) (mg) (mg/g)

Unit

Spherical

24.0 25.3 1.3 312 146

Granular
19.3 21.5 2.2 251 155 1.9 4.1 10.8 8.9 6.7

Elution Times

5b. Elution / Desorption Curve

Short mass transfer time (Short equilibrium) (D-E) indicates lower solvent consumption

Point C (min) 2.3 Point D (min) 5.8 Point E (min) 10.5 Segment C-E (min) 8.2 Segment D-E (min) 4.7 C-E: Elution time D-E: Concentration change time (Mass transfer zone)

6. Conclusion

When using spherical silica gel you will have Increased loading - up to 30% more Greater reproducibility of process Sharper peaks and cost savings (less solvent consumption & labor) Longer bed lifetime (decrease cost of labor and silica consumption) Better chromatographic results without switching to costly HPLC equipment. Increased yield with tighter pore symmetry

10 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Spherical Silica Gel - HPLC, MPLC, Flash & Gravity LC Phases


High purity silica gel for normal phase column chromatography.

Catalog No.
72200 73200 74200 75200 76200 77200 78200 79200 72300 73300 74300 75300 76300 77300 78300 79300 72400 73400 74400 75400 76400 77400 78400 79400 72600 73600 74600 75600 76600 77600 78600 79600 62500 63500 66500 67500 68500 69500 62700 63700 66700 67700 68700 69700 63900 64900

5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 15 m 15 m 15 m 15 m 15 m 15 m 15 m 15 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 75-200 m 75-200 m 75-200 m 75-200 m 75-200 m 75-200 m 200-500 m 200-500 m

70 100 150 200 300 500 800 1000 70 100 150 200 300 500 800 1000 70 100 150 200 300 500 800 1000 70 100 150 200 300 500 800 1000 70 100 300 500 800 1000 70 100 300 500 800 1000 100 150

4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 4.0 - 7.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 8.0

2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0% 3.0 - 7.0%

0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.45 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml 0.5 g/ml

500 m2/g 270 m2/g 175 m2/g 130 m2/g 90 m /g


2

0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g 0.80 ml/g

<1,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <1,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <1,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <1,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <1,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <1,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <50,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons <10,000 Daltons

60 m2/g 45 m /g
2

30 m2/g 500 m /g
2

270 m2/g 175 m2/g 130 m2/g 90 m /g


2

60 m2/g 45 m /g
2

30 m2/g 500 m /g
2

270 m2/g 175 m2/g 130 m2/g 90 m /g


2

60 m2/g 45 m /g
2

30 m2/g 500 m /g
2

270 m2/g 175 m2/g 130 m2/g 90 m /g


2

60 m2/g 45 m /g
2

30 m2/g 500 m /g
2

270 m2/g 90 m2/g 60 m2/g 45 m /g


2

30 m2/g 500 m /g
2

270 m2/g 90 m2/g 60 m2/g 45 m /g


2

30 m2/g 270 m /g
2

175 m2/g

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

11 www.sorbtech.com

Silica Gel

Particle Dist.

Porosity

pH Value

Loss on Drying

Bulk Density

Surface Area

Pore Volume

Compound Size

HPLC, MPLC Silica Gel- Spherical


Sorbtech HPLC and MPLC Silica Gels are high purity silica gels characterized by low metal ion content and low salt concentrations. Various particle diameters and pore sizes allow for easy transition from analytical to preparative. These silica gels can be used as the base materials for functionalization (eg. C18, C8, Amino, etc.) Particle sizes include: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, 10 m, 20-45 m, 40-75 m, and 75-200 m with porosities of: 70 , 100 , 150 , 200 , 300 , 500 , 800 , and 1000 .

HPLC, Prep HPLC, and MPLC Chromatography Grades - Spherical


Cat. #
10301500-001 10302000-001 10303000-001 72200-001 73200-001 74200-001 75200-001 76200-001 77200-001 78200-001 79200-001 73300-001 73400-001 72600-05 72600-1 72600-2.5 72600-5 72600-20 73600-01

Silica Gel

Product
Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf

Porosity
100 100 100 70 100 150 200 300 500 800 1000 100 100 70 70 70 70 70 100

Particle Dist.
2 m 3 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m 20-45 m

Size
10 g 10 g 10 g 10 g 10 g 10 g 10 g 10 g 10 g 10 g 10 g 10 g 10 g 500 g 1 kg 2.5 kg 5 kg 20 kg 100 g

Flash & Gravity Silica Gel- Spherical


Our flash and gravity grade silicas are ideal for flash chromatography, industrial scale LC, and batch adsorption applications. Sorbtech Flash and Gravity silicas function through hydrophilic interactions with more polar compounds generally retained longer, making them ideally suited for the purification of synthetic intermediates, oils, fats, and natural products (vitamins, flavor, fragrances, etc.) Available in 70 , 100 , 150 , 200 , 300 , 500 , 800 , and 1000

Flash & Gravity Chromatography Grades - Spherical


Cat. #
62500-01 62500-05 62500-1 62500-5 62500-20 62700-01 62700-05 62700-1 62700-5 62700-20

Product
Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf

Porosity
70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

Part. Dist.
40-75 m (200 x 400 mesh) 40-75 m (200 x 400 mesh) 40-75 m (200 x 400 mesh) 40-75 m (200 x 400 mesh) 40-75 m (200 x 400 mesh) 75-200 m (70 x 200 mesh) 75-200 m (70 x 200 mesh) 75-200 m (70 x 200 mesh) 75-200 m (70 x 200 mesh) 75-200 m (70 x 200 mesh)

Size
100 g 500 g 1 kg 5 kg 20 kg 100 g 500 g 1 kg 5 kg 20 kg

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist.

Tip:
To standardize silica gel from chemist to chemist, lot to lot, run to run, place the amount of silica gel you are using into a vacuum oven and heat for 30-45 min. at 130 C. Cool to room temperature, then pack your column. This will eliminate any residual moisture.

12 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Bonded Phase Silica Gels - Spherical


Sorbtech bonded phases start with Premium Rf silica gel as the base material to ensure the greatest purity and performance for all your laboratory needs. This highest grade silica ensures optimum resolution for even the most difficult separations. Manufactured to strict standards, Premium Rf bonded phases provide uniform porosity and pore volume for high loadability and yield. The exceptional surface coverage of the alkylsilanes and endcapping techniques provide a surface with the lowest silanol activity. Bonded phases are available in HPLC, MPLC, Flash, and Gravity grades. (e.g. 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, 10 m, 20-45 m, 40-75 m, and 75-200 m. Porosities of 70 , 100 , 150 , 200 , 300 , 500 , 800 , and 1000 ) Packaging sizes available in 10 g, 100 g, 500 g, 1 kg, 2.5 kg, 5 kg and 20 kg.

Phases and their functions


C18 - Octadecyl
Most popular and versatile reversed phase. Very non-polar, hydrophobic interactions with a wide variety of organic compounds. We offer the following C18 options: C18 Standard Bonding with Endcapping. Excellent for routine analysis. C18AQ - Stable in 100% aqueous Mobile phase systems. C18AQ2 Offers 100% aqueous stability designed to match the retention times with leading aqueous C18 brands. C18DE Dual Encapping allows for enhanced pH stability 1 12.

Cat. #
72246 10301546 10302046 10303046 10304046 52546M 62546 63546 63547 63548 63549 10353049 10502046 10503046 10504046 66546 63746

Product
C18 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 18-22% C18 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C18 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C18 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C18 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C18 Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 18-22% C18 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 18-24% C18 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 15-19% C18DE Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, Dual End-capped Carbon Load: 15-19% C18 Aqueous, Spherical Silica Gel, Carbon Load: 9.0 - 13.3% C18 Aqueous II, Spherical Silica Gel, Carbon Load: 9.0 - 13.3% C18 Aqueous II, Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C18 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C18 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C18 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C18 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 4.5-8.5% C18 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 15-19%

Porosity
70 100 100 100 100 60 70 100 100 100 100 150 300 300 300 300 100

Part. Dist.
5 m 2 m 3 m 5 m 10 m 40-63 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 5 m 3 m 5 m 10 m 40-75 m 75-200 m

C8 - Octyl

Similar to C18, but the shorter alkyl chains cause more polar secondary interactions with polar compounds. Less retentive than C18. We offer two C8 options: C8 Standard bonding with endcapping C8DE Dual Encapping allows for enhanced pH stability 1 12.

Cat. #
10302026 10303026 73326 52526 62526 63526 63527 10503026 66526 63726

Product
C8 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C8 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C8 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 6-9% C8 Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 8-12% C8 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 8-12% C8 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 6-9% C8DE Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, Dual End-capped, Carbon Load: 6-9% C8 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C8 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 2-5% C8 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 6-9%

Porosity
100 100 100 60 70 100 100 300 300 100

Part. Dist.
3 m 5 m 10 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 5 m 40-75 m 75-200 m

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist.

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

13 www.sorbtech.com

Silica Gel

C4 - Butyl

More polar than C18 and C8 because it has short alkyl chains and the silica surface is not completely shielded. Used for compounds that are highly retained on C18 or C8.

Cat. #
10302015 10303015 52516 63516 63716 10502015 10503015
Silica Gel

Product
C4 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C4 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C4 Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 5-7% C4 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 3-5% C4 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 3-5% C4 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped C4 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel, End-capped

Porosity
100 100 60 100 100 300 300

Part. Dist.
3 m 5 m 40-75 m 40-75 m 75-200 m 3 m 5 m

C2 - Ethyl

Weakly non-polar. Plasma, urine, and aqueous samples.

Cat. #
63505

Product
C2 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 2-4%

Porosity
100

Part. Dist.
40-75 m

Amino

Will separate a variety of sugars with acetonitrile / water mobile phase. With hexane / ethyl acetate mobile phase, it will function as an alternative to bare silica during normal phase chromatography and offer a different retention time. In addition, since the surface contains primary amino groups, this phase can be used as a base for coupling chiral ligands. Also can be used as a weak anion exchanger.

Cat. #
10302055 10303055 63554 10502055 66555

Product
NH2 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel NH2 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel NH2 Spherical Silica Gel, Carbon Load: 3-5% NH2 Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel NH2 Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, Carbon Load: 1-2%

Porosity
100 100 100 300 300

Part. Dist.
3 m 5 m 40-75 m 3 m 40-75 m

Cyano

Can be used in both normal and reversed phase. Popular for purification of natural products.

Cat. #
62560 73260 63760

Product
CN Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 5-7% CN Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 3-5% CN Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 3-5%

Porosity
70 100 100

Part. Dist.
40-75 m 5 m 75-200 m

Phenyl

Specific reversed phase for medium size / polar molecules and aromatics, shows a high selectivity for acceptor / donor compounds.

Cat. #
73265 63566 63765

Product
Phenyl Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 10-14% Phenyl Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 10-14% Phenyl Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf, End-capped, Carbon Load: 10-14%

Porosity
100 100 100

Part. Dist.
5 m 40-75 m 75-200 m

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist.

14 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Diol

Particularly used for aqueous GPC applications. Diol can also be used for normal phase. DIOL can function as an alternative stationary phase during normal phase chromatography and offer a different retention time than either bare silica gel or amino bonded silica gel due to its neutral charge.

Cat. #
10302070 10303070 63570 63770

Product
Diol Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel Diol Premium Pure Spherical Silica Gel Diol Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf Diol Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf

Porosity
100 100 100 100

Part. Dist.
5 m 40-75 m 75-200 m
Silica Gel

3 m

WCX

Carboxylic Acid (COOH), weak cation exchanger.

Cat. #
63577

Product
WCX (weak cation exchanger) Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf

Porosity
100

Part. Dist.
40-75 m

SCX

Propyl Sulfonic Acid (HSO3), strong cation exchanger.

Cat. #
63580

Product
SCX (strong cation exchanger) Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf

Porosity
100

Part. Dist.
40-75 m

SH (Thiol)

Scavenger of electrophiles (eg. alkyl, benzyl, and allyl halides, acid chlorides, isocyanates). Metal scavenger (eg. Pd, Pt, Cu, Hg, Ag, Pb).

Cat. #
63785

Product
Thiol (Scavenger) Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf

Porosity
100

Part. Dist.
75-200 m

HILIC A

Butyl-amine-carboxylic acid type, ideal for amino acids & small peptides, etc.

Cat. #
63590

Product
HILIC A Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf

Porosity
100

Part. Dist.
40-75 m

HILIC B

Diamine-carboxylic acid type, ideal for nucleic acids, organic acids, etc.

Cat. #
63591

Product
HILIC B Spherical Silica Gel, Premium Rf

Porosity
100

Part. Dist.
40-75 m

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist.

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

15 www.sorbtech.com

Dry Column Chromatography - Go Green!


Dry Colum Chromatography (DCC) is a fast, easy, and efficient method for separating and/or purifying industrial quantities of compounds. DCC links analytical thin layer chromatography (TLC) with preparative column chromatography (CC). Like TLC, DCC is a non-elution method utilizing Nylon Foil Tubing as a support and is available with UV-254 indicator. In TLC solvent flow is by capillary action going against gravity whereas in DCC, solvent flow is by gravity. Columns of any size may be filled in DCC to separate or clean up very large quantities of materials. Both silica and alumina sorbents are available for DCC. Nylon Foil Tubing is solvent resistant and available in 1 - 6 diameters.

DCC

Go Green with less solvent use.

Product
Silica for DCC Alumina for DCC

pH
7 7

Activity*
III III

Fluorescent Indicator
0.5% 0.5%

Bulk Density approx.


0.5 g/ml 0.8 g/ml

Surface Area approx.


500-600 m2/g 200 m2/g

*Activity according to Brockmann

DCC Experiment
DCC is a non-elution method of column chromatography, meaning, the separated substances remain in the column at the end of the chromatographic process. The use of nylon foil tubing allows for the removal of these separated substances by simply cutting the tubing into segments.

Preparation of the column


The nylon foil tubing comes in a roll of various widths in lengths of 100 ft. See table on next page. Cut the tubing to the desired length. Allow an extra 10 cm for sealing the end. Close one end of the foil by sealing in the flame of a gas lighter, folding and stapling, tying up, or any other suitable method. To remove the folds of the foil, fill one side of the tubing with very hot water, rinse with acetone, and dry with hot air. Insert a pad of cotton or glass wool into the closed end of the tubing and pierce several times with a needle to allow air to escape while the solvent migrates through the column.

Filling the column


Carefully fill the tubing, adding small quantities at a time, with Silica DCC, Alumina DCC, or sorbent that has been conditioned with the solvent (mixture). After each small quantity filled, the column should be gently tapped on a hard surface or compacted with a vibrator. Upon filling completion, the column will be so rigid that it will hold itself upright and may be fixed with a simple laboratory clamp to a stand.

Preparation of the sample


A few milliliters of a sample solution are added to about 1 g of the sorbent. (A larger amount of sorbent may be added to a larger sample solution with the practical ratio of the mixture to be separated (without solvent) to sorbent is normally about 1:5 (w/w)). The solvent is then evaporated using a rotation evaporator until sample and sorbent form a free flowing powder.

16 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Charging the column


The adsorbate of the sample is applied as a level layer on the top of the column. This layer is covered with about 2 cm of pure sorbent. If a concentrated sample solution is to be applied, care should be taken to achieve a starting zone, as narrow as possible. Applying liquid sample causes more uneven zones than applying the sample as an adsorbate. After penetration of the solution into the top of the column filling, about 2 cm of pure sorbent will be applied.

Development of the column


The solvent (mixture) that formed the best results in the preliminary TLC experiments is carefully added to the top of the column by means of a separatory funnel. The solvent should migrate slowly and steadily through the column. A constant liquid head of about 1 - 2 cm gives the best results. A constant liquid head is attained by placing the end of the stem of the topside closed separatory funnel about 1 cm over the top of the column. Depending on the length of the column, the viscosity of the solvent (mixture), and the height of the liquid head, the development of the column should be finished within 15 to 30 minutes. As with TLC, the components of the initial sample mixture should be separated from each other on the column. The solvent volume applied to the top of the column shouldnt exceed the amount which is necessary to fill the void fraction of the adsorbent bed.

Recovery of the separated compounds


After completing development, the column is immediately placed flat on an appropriate cutting surface. The separated zones are marked on the column, using a UV light if necessary. The column is then cut into sections with a sharp knife. The column may be cut into small slices without sorbent crumbling. The cut slices are placed into Bchner funnels and extracted and processed by appropriate methods.

Cat. #
14400-05 14400-3 14400-25 19500-05 19500-5 19500-50 NT-1 NT-1.5 NT-2 NT-2.5 NT-6

Product
Silica for DCC, w/UV254, 60 Silica for DCC, w/UV254, 60 Silica for DCC, w/UV254, 60 Alumina for DCC, w/UV254 Alumina for DCC, w/UV254 Alumina for DCC, w/UV254 Nylon Tubing for DCC Nylon Tubing for DCC Nylon Tubing for DCC Nylon Tubing for DCC Nylon Tubing for DCC

Part. Dist.
63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 63-200 m (70 x 230 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) -

Size
500 g 3 kg 25 kg 500 g 5 kg 50 kg 1 x 100 1.5 x 100 2 x 100 2.5 x 100 6 x 100

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

17 www.sorbtech.com

DCC

Alumina
Alumina
Sorbent Technologies aluminas for column chromatography are the best available. A stringent manufacturing process yields standardized aluminas which are measured according to Brockmann methods. This ensures precise specifications and lot to lot reproducibility. Our aluminas are ideal for natural product extraction, purification & decolorization, heavy metal removal, cleanup, and more. We offer the broadest selection of standardized aluminas with defined pH values (acid, base, neutral), specific activity levels (Super I, Activity I, II, III, IV, V) and numerous particle distributions (MPLC, Flash, Gravity). These aluminas can be adjusted to lower activity by the addition of polar media, preferably water. See Deactivation Procedure on next page.

Alumina

Typical Applications for Aluminas


Acidic Neutral Basic

Super I
Food dyestuffs Determination of morphine Determination of biphenyl

Super I
Ketosteroids Glycosides Vitamins Removal of pyrogens Dehydration of organic solvents Alkaloids

Super I
Purification of organic solvents Synthetic bases Dehydration of ethers Removal of pyrogens Natural and synthetic dyestuffs Hydrocarbons

Standard Activity I
Plant extraction Fatty acids Plant waxes Azobenzene

Standard Activity I
Antibiotics Essential oils Plant extraction Enzymes Glycosides Hormones Diesel exhaust Pharmaceutical compounds Fly agaric

Standard Activity I
Alkaloids Essential oils Plant extraction Purification of organic solvents Insecticides Clarification of fatty oils Removal of alcohol from chloroform

18 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Alumina

pH approx.
4.5 7.5 10 4.5 7.5 10 10 7.4 10 4.3

Activity

LOI approx.
1.3% 1% 1% 1.7% 1.7% 1.7%

Particle Dist.
50-200 m 50-200 m 50-200 m 50-200 m 50-200 m 50-200 m 50-200 m 32-63 m

Water Sol. Matter approx


0.1% 0.1% 0.1% 0.1% 0.1% 0.1% 0.2% 0.1%

Bulk Density approx.


0.8 g/ml 0.8 g/ml 0.8 g/ml 0.8 g/ml 0.8 g/ml 0.8 g/ml 0.8 g/ml 0.8 g/ml 0.8 g/ml 0.8 g/ml

Surface Area approx.


200 m2/g 200 m2/g 200 m2/g 150 m2/g 150 m2/g 150 m2/g 200 m2/g 200 m2/g

Super I - Acidic Super I - Neutral Super I - Basic Standard Act. I - Acidic Standard Act. I - Neutral Standard Act. I - Basic Act. II-III Alumina N for Flash Chromatography Alumina B - Super I for Dioxin Analysis Alumina R

Super I Super I Super I Act. I Act. I Act. I Act. II-III

0.7%

50-200 m 50-200 m

Deactivation allows the chromatographer the flexibility and freedom to deactivate alumina to the precise activity level required for the specific application. Alumina may be deactivated by the addition of polar media, preferably water, but also alcohols such as glycol or glycerol can be used. Sorbent Technologies standardized aluminas are based on a deactivation scale. Alumina Super I is standardized to such a high degree that all three surface types of Aluminas, (acid, basic, neutral) show an identical initial activity, and when deactivated with equal amounts of deactivator (e.g. water), they reach the same lower activity status. The percent of water addition is based upon weight/weight relationships. Activity level is according to Brockmann.

Deactivation Procedure: 1. Weigh a known quantity of alumina and place into a tightly sealed vessel 2. Add the required amount of water (by weight or volume) 3. Shake the mixture in the closed vessel until all lumps disappear 4. Allow the mixture to cool and equilibrate (preferably overnight) 5. The container should remain tightly closed to retain activity level and can be stored for later use

The amount of water needed for deactivation can be read off the graph below:

SG Sudan

Activity
Super I Std. Act. I

Super I
0 N/A

I
1 0

II
4 3

III
7 6

IV
10 10

V
19 15

Activity Level According to Brockmann


% water to add % water to add

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

19 www.sorbtech.com

Alumina

Deactivation of Alumina

Alumina, Super I
Alumina Activity Super I is designed for the separation of polar samples in non-solvent systems and the purification and dehydration of solvents for HPLC and other analytical techniques. In a non-polar environment, Alumina Activity Super I shows sorption capacity approximately twice as high as that of Alumina Standard Activity I. Its initial activity (<1% moisture) is kept in a very narrow range and its deactivation is extremely constant.

Cat. #
15100-1 15100-5 15130-1 15130-5 15160-1 15160-5

Product
Alumina, Super I - Acidic Alumina, Super I - Acidic Alumina, Super I - Neutral Alumina, Super I - Neutral Alumina, Super I - Basic Alumina, Super I - Basic

Part. Dist.
50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh)

Size
1 kg 5 kg 1 kg 5 kg 1 kg 5 kg

Alumina, Standard Act. I


Alumina, Standard Activity I is similar to the Alumina, Activity Super I in that it is also standardized. The starting activity level is about half as high and can be deactivated according to the deactivation table on the previous page. Standardized manufacturing processes provide a specific Brockmann dryness level for lot to lot reproducibility and precise deactivation possibilities. Between 1 - 3% moisture.

Cat. #
15600-1 15600-5 15600-25 15600-50 15740-1 15740-5 15740-25 15740-50 15640-1 15640-5 15640-25 15640-50

Product
Alumina, Standard Act. I - Acidic Alumina, Standard Act. I - Acidic Alumina, Standard Act. I - Acidic Alumina, Standard Act. I - Acidic Alumina, Standard Act. I - Neutral Alumina, Standard Act. I - Neutral Alumina, Standard Act. I - Neutral Alumina, Standard Act. I - Neutral Alumina, Standard Act. I - Basic Alumina, Standard Act. I - Basic Alumina, Standard Act. I - Basic Alumina, Standard Act. I - Basic

Part. Dist.
50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh)

Size
1 kg 5 kg 25 kg 50 kg 1 kg 5 kg 25 kg 50 kg 1 kg 5 kg 25 kg 50 kg

Alumina

Alumina, Activity II-III


Alumina, Act. II-III is an economical adsorbent of medium activity. Alumina, Act. II-III is often used when activated charcoal cannot be used due to its organic nature or where the cation exchange properties of basic alumina are desired. It is suitable for the development of separation methods and technical separations where a custom-made adsorbent is not available. Between 3 - 6% moisture.

Cat. #
15300-1 15300-5 15300-50

Product
Alumina, Activity II-III Alumina, Activity II-III Alumina, Activity II-III

Part. Dist.
50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh)

Size
1 kg 5 kg 50 kg

Other Aluminas
Other finer cuts are also available.

Alumina, Neutral for Flash Chromatography has a finer particle distribution than the Super I and Act. I aluminas for sharper separations. Alumina B Super I for Dioxin Analysis was specially developed to meet the high recovery level required for the analysis of polychlorinated
dibenzodioxins and dibenzofurans according to VDI-Regulation 3499, part I.

Alumina R is an acidic alumina developed for use in isotope chemistry. It is used to produce technetium generators or technetium cows. Another
example of its application is the determination of catecholamines.

Cat. #
16050-1 16050-5 16050-25 19600-05 19650-05

Product
Alumina, Neutral for Flash Chromatography Alumina, Neutral for Flash Chromatography Alumina, Neutral for Flash Chromatography Alumina B - Super I for Dioxin Analysis Alumina R for the Technique of Isotopes

Part. Dist.
32-63 m (230 x 450 mesh) 32-63 m (230 x 450 mesh) 32-63 m (230 x 450 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh) 50-200 m (70 x 270 mesh)

Size
1 kg 5 kg 25 kg 500 g 500 g

20 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Alumina - Solvent Purification


Solvent Purification Methods:
UV transparent solvents are essential for spectroscopy below 300 nm. Classical methods of purifying solvents for UV spectroscopy are very timeconsuming and complex. This is not the case when using adsorption filtration. UV transparent solvents can be quickly and easily prepared from solvents of ordinary analytical purity. Moreover, they are less sensitive to air and thus more stable.

Purification of Hydrocarbon Solvents


A sample of 300 ml analytical grade n-hexane or pre-purified (by shaking with sulfuric acid to remove alkenes or olefines) technical grade cyclohexane is simply filtered without suction through a column (25 mm I.D. and 250 mm height) filled with 150 g Alumina Basic, Act. I (Cat.# 15640). The filtrate is anhydrous and can immediately be used. Technical grade cyclohexane, that is not pre-purified, can easily be purified by filtering through a combined Silica Gel, Active, 60 , 63-200 m / Alumina Basic, Act. I column. A column (25 mm I.D. and 400 mm height) is first filled with 100 g Alumina Basic, Act. I (Cat.# 15640) and on top of this,100 g of Silica Gel, Active, 60 , 63-200 m (Cat.# 10840) is added. Then the crude cyclohexane is dripped through. Purified cyclohexane is anhydrous. Silica Gel, Active, 60 63-200 m Alumina, Basic, Act. I, 50-200 m
Alumina

Purification of Organic Solvents


Depending on the kind of impurities, which depends on the origin and the nature of the solvent, the solvent can be filtered through a column filled with Silica Gel, Active, 60 , 63-200 m, Alumina (Acid, Neutral or Basic), Act. I, or a combination of the two with the alumina section of the column above the silica gel section of the column. The following table gives recommendations on the amount and type of adsorbent to be used as well as the solvent yield and obtained purity.

Solvent
n-Pentane

Alumina, Alumina, Alumina, Silica Gel, Solvent Acid, Neutral, Basic, Active, 60 , Yield Act. I Act. I Act. I 63-200 m (ml) Cat.# 15600 Cat.# 15740 Cat.# 15640 Cat.# 10840
40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 250 55 250 50 700 80 500 70 250 1600 255 255 40 g 40 g 80 4000 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g 20 g 20 g 340 100 40 170 30 35 30 25

50% Trans. at nm (4 cm cuvette)


217 217 218 233 234 224 232 226 224 255 255 280 276

Silica Gel, Active, 60 , 63-200 m

n-Hexane Cyclohexane n-Heptane Isooctane

Alumina, (Acid, Neutral or Basic) Act. I, 50-200 m

Carbon tetrachloride Chloroform DAB6 Nitromethane Dimethy lsulfoxide Pyridine

402 326 321 332 316

Alumina, (Acid, Neutral or Basic) Act. I, 50-200 m + Silica Gel, Active, 60 , 63-200 m

G. Hesse and H. Schildknecht, Angew. Chem. 67, 737 (1955)

G. Hesse, B. P. Engelbrecht, H. Engelbrecht and S. Nitsch, Z. Anal. Chem. 241, 91 (1968)

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

21 www.sorbtech.com

Activated Alumina for Large Scale Purification


Alumina for Large Scale Purification is a granular activated alumina that has a high surface area and a large pore volume. Because of these physical characteristics it has a wide variety of applications. Powders can be manufactured to meet specific customer needs and packaged in bulk supersack sizes. Alumina for Large Scale Purification can adsorb a great number of pollutants from liquids and vapors. Flocculation adsorption can also occur depending on the pH-value. The degree of adsorption depends on the polarity of the substance to be adsorbed; polar substances are bound stronger than non-polar ones. In mixtures of substances with differing polarity, a chromatographic separation will take place. Typical Applications include: Drying and purification of organic liquids and gases Elimination of pollutants from circulating reaction mixtures Elimination of system-damaging substances in circulation loops Selective purification of raw materials Concentration of highly diluted product or by-product solutions for recycling Adsorption of heavy metals (soluble compounds) in underground water and drinking water - Fluorides - Phosphates - Arsenic acids - Humic acids Purification of processing liquids, industrial water, and waste water - Fluorides - Phosphates - Arsenic acids - Acidic phenols - Amines - Ionic detergents - Lignosulfonic acids - Chlorine lignine - Vapor condensates - Organic acids - Acidic / basic dyes - Dyestuffs waste water - Bleach waste water (pulp industry) Purification and drying of exhaust air and gases - Fluorine - Hydrogen fluoride - Odors (in testing phase) Procedure: Reduction of waste levels with Alumina for Large Scale Purification is possible in every kind of adsorption reactor. Sufficient contact time between the adsorbent and the medium to be purified must be ensured. Process conditions must be defined individually. When using common fixed-bed reactors, approximate contact times of 0.5 - 0.75 hours and filtration rates of 1-2 m/hr can be used in the installation design. Optimal adsorption levels of by-products and waste products can thus be attained. Regeneration: In most application areas, regeneration of saturated alumina is not only desirable, but also possible. When designing a continuous adsorption plant, the reaction design should reflect the cycling of the saturated adsorbent in sequence with the regeneration phase. The total adsorption capacity should be calculated to assure optimal adsorption. The design of the regeneration procedure depends on both the nature of the adsorbed substances and on their recyclability. Thermal treatment (up to a maximum of 600 C) can remove organic adsorbed impurities during regeneration without losing alumina activity. By adjusting the pH, inorganic adsorbed impurities, such as phosphates or fluorides, can be eluted chemically. After recycling by one of the regeneration processes, the alumina is ready for use again. Based on previous experience, each regenerating cycle results in a 1-3% loss of alumina due to abrasion. This loss must be compensated for when restarting each individual reactor. Typical Technical Data Specific surface area (BET): 230-300 m2/g Loss on ignition: ~ 9% Pore volume: ~ 0.35 cm3/g Chemical analysis: Al2O3 ~ 90% Na2O total 0.3 - 0.5% CaO 0.01 - 0.03% Fe2O3 0.01 - 0.03% SiO2 0.01 - 0.03% TiO2 ~ 0.005%

Alumina

Cat. #
85800-100 85801-100 85813-100 85825-100

Product
Activated Alumina for Water/Process Liquids Clean-up Activated Alumina for Water/Process Liquids Clean-up Activated Alumina for Purification Activated Alumina for Purification

Part. Dist.
< 0.5 mm 0.3 - 1 mm 1 - 3 mm 2 - 5 mm

Size
100 kg 100 kg 100 kg 100 kg

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist 22 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Alumina Spheres
Sorbtechs activated alumina spheres are very porous. They have a high surface area, which allows adsorption of gases and liquids, and do not swell. They will not soften or disintegrate when immersed in liquids. When used to adsorb water, they act as an efficient desiccant. Molecules with the highest polarity are preferentially adsorbed. In the absence of irreversible flowing, they may be regenerated to their original adsorption efficiency by heating to a temperature between 350-600 F (177-316 C). For the most efficient subsequent adsorption, high temperature, low pressure and dry inert gas regeneration is recommended.

Benefits:
1. Uniform ball size
Especially important in high pressure gas dehydration for reduction of pressure drop Minimizes channeling Yields higher efficiencies

Adsorption Isotherm for Alumina Spheres @25 C

2. High Crush Strength

3. Low Abrasion

Ensures less dusting during transport, loading, and service life Reduces downstream valve and filter plugging

4. High Adsorptive Capacity


High surface area Tailored pore distribution Achieve an ultra low H2O effluent

Wt. % H20 Adsorbed

Allows rapid pneumatic loading Enables use of tall towers Effective for the dehydration of acid containing gases and liquids, such as CO2 Longer operating life

Product Applications:
Process stream purification Acid removal Drying
Removal of highly polar compounds such as TBC, alcohols, ethers, etc.

% Relative Humidity

Our alumina spheres can remove the acids formed from the degradation of transformer oils, lubricating oils, and refrigerants. Also, they remove the residual halides and water during the manufacture of chlorinated and/or fluorinated hydrocarbons, yielding a non-corrosive product. Nearly all gases and liquids can be dried with alumina. Water removal is often necessary for efficient processing, storage, transportation or usage of fluids. For example, water can form hydrates with many compounds including hydrocarbons, simulating ice that may plug equipment.

Substances dried with alumina spheres:


Gases
Air Ammonia CO2 Chlorine Ethane Ethylene Furnace gas Helium Hydrogen Hydrogen chloride Hydrogen sulfide Methane Natural gas Nitrogen Oxygen Propane Propylene Refrigerants Sulfur dioxide Benzene Butane Butene Butyl acetate Carbon tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Cyclohexane

Liquids
Ethyl acetate Gasolines Heptane Hexane Hydraulic oils Jet fuel Kerosene Lubricating oils Naptha Nitrobenzene Pentane Pipeline products Propane Propylene Refrigerants Styrene Toluene Transformer oil Vegetable oil Xylene

Cat. #

Sphere Sphere Size Size (English) (Metric)


7 x 14 Tyler Mesh 1/8 3/16 1/4 2.0 mm

Surface Total pore Packed bulk Crush Area volume density strength

Static Static Static Abrasion sorption at sorption at sorption at loss wt% 11% RH 58% RH 97% RH
0.1 8 22 42

92000

360 m2/g

0.5 cc/g

48 lb/ft3 (769 kg/m3) 48 lb/ft3 (769 kg/m3) 48 lb/ft3 (769 kg/m3) 48 lb/ft3 (769 kg/m3)

11 lb (5 kg) 30 lb (14 kg) 55 lb (25 kg) 70 lb (32 kg)

92010 92020 92030

3.2 mm 4.8 mm 6.4 mm

355 m2/g 340 m2/g 325 m2/g

0.5 cc/g 0.5 cc/g 0.5 cc/g

0.1 0.1 0.1

8 7 7

22 21 19

42 40 38

Available in 1 kg, 5 kg, 25 kg, 50 kg, 100 kg and Bulk Super Sack packaging Sorbent Technologies, Inc. 23 www.sorbtech.com

Alumina

Specialty Adsorbents
Polyamide
Polyamide is well suited for the separation of natural substances with phenolic and polyphenolic groups. The chromatography of phenolic compounds on polyamide has been frequently applied for the isolation and structure determination of different natural products. Carboxylic acids are also bonded to polyamide via hydrogen bonds. The affinity for an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is low. Dicarboxylic acids and aromatic acids are retained stronger, especially if the aromatic part of the molecule is larger. Strong affinity for polyamide is found with numerous aromatic nitro compounds. The interaction between the nitro compound and polyamide corresponds to a reaction of a Lewis acid with a base. This is why separations of aromatic nitro compounds on polyamide can be considered as ion exchange. For this reason elution in sharp bands requires an eluent with good buffering properties. This principle has been successfully applied for the separation of dinitrophenylamino acids. Quinones are irreversibly bonded to the polyamide due to the adsorbent.

Polyamides exhibit constant selectivities towards:


Phenols, aromatic nitro and amino compounds Carbonic acids and their amides DNP-amino acids Chalcones, quinones, flavones Anthraquinones Sulfonic acids and their amides
Specialty Adsorbents

Cat. #
26500-025 26500-1 26520-025 26520-1 26530-025 26530-1 26530-5 26540-1 Polyamide for TLC Polyamide for TLC

Product

Part. Dist.
2-20 m 2-20 m <70 m <70 m 50-160 m 50-160 m 50-160 m 100-300 m

Size
250 g 1 kg 250 g 1 kg 250 g 1 kg 5 kg 1 kg

Polyamide for Flash Chromatography Polyamide for Flash Chromatography Polyamide for Classic Column Chromatography Polyamide For Classic Column Chromatography Polyamide For Classic Column Chromatography Polyamide for Process

Bulk sizes are available

Florisil
Florisil is a very hard granular magnesia silica gel. MgO 15.5 0.5% SiO2 84.0 0.5% Na2SO4 1.0% Applications include clean-up of pesticide residues, separation of chlorinated pesticides, isolation of steroids, isolation of sex hormones, isolation of antibiotics, and separation of lipids.

Cat. #
09410-05 09410-20 09415-05 09415-20 09420-05 09420-20 09425-05 09425-20 09435-05 09435-20 09500-05 09500-20

Product
Florisil - A Grade, Activated at 650 C Florisil - A Grade, Activated at 650 C Florisil - A Grade, Activated at 650 C Florisil - A Grade, Activated at 650 C Florisil - A Grade, Activated at 650 C Florisil - A Grade, Activated at 650 C Florisil - A Grade, Activated at 650 C Florisil - A Grade, Activated at 650 C Florisil - A Grade, Activated at 650 C Florisil - A Grade, Activated at 650 C Florisil - Pesticide Residue Grade Florisil - Pesticide Residue Grade

Part. Dist.
16 x 30 mesh 16 x 30 mesh 30 x 60 mesh 30 x 60 mesh 60 x 100 mesh 60 x 100 mesh 100 x 200 mesh 100 x 200 mesh -200 mesh -200 mesh 60 x 100 mesh 60 x 100 mesh

Size
500 g 20 kg 500 g 20 kg 500 g 20 kg 500 g 20 kg 500 g 20 kg 500 g 20 kg

24 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Silica Desiccants
Sorbtech Silica Desiccants are non-corrosive, non-toxic, and chemically inert. It is a highly porous form of silica, with an extremely large internal surface area and an affinity towards water and other polar compounds. Will not change its size or shape. Even when the silica gel is water saturated, it remains free-flowing. Silica desiccants are available with blue (cobalt chloride) or yellow (phenol phthalein) indicator. Blue indicator spheres turn pink upon reaching moisture capacity and yellow spheres turn blue-green. The yellow indicator spheres are non-hazardous, making them perfect for pharmaceutical and food products.

Cat #
22000-1 22000-5 22000-25 23000-25 22102-1 22102-5 22102-25 22110-1 22110-5 22110-25 23210-1 23210-5 23210-25

Description
Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres w/ 20% Blue Indicator Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres w/ 20% Blue Indicator Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres w/ 20% Blue Indicator Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres w/ 100% Blue Indicator Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres w/ 100% Blue Indicator Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres w/ 100% Blue Indicator Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres w/100% Yellow Indicator Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres w/100% Yellow Indicator Silica Gel Desiccant Spheres w/100% Yellow Indicator

Size
1-3 mm 1-3 mm 1-3 mm 2-5 mm 1-3 mm 1-3 mm 1-3 mm 1-3 mm 1-3 mm 1-3 mm 2-5 mm 2-5 mm 2-5 mm

Qty.
1 kg 5 kg 25 kg 25 kg 1 kg 5 kg 25 kg 1 kg 5 kg 25 kg 1 kg 5 kg 25 kg
Specialty Adsorbents

Bulk sizes are available

Glass Beads
For use in column affinity chromatography for isolation and study of glycoprotein factors promoting attachment and spreading of cells in culture. Composition: Soda-lime-borosilicate glass Shape: Hollow spheres with thin walls Color: White, powdery Free flowing High strength

Cat #
93015-01 93018-01 93022-01 93029-01 93040-01

Description
Glass Beads, 9-24 m (15 m mean) Glass Beads, 10-30 m (18 m mean) Glass Beads, 11-37 m (22 m mean) Glass Beads, 12-48 m (29 m mean) Glass Beads, 20-70 m (40 m mean)

Density
0.60 g/cc 0.30 g/cc 0.42 g/cc 0.60 g/cc 0.32 g/cc

Qty.
100 g 100 g 100 g 100 g 100 g

Bulk sizes are available

Alumina Ceramic Beads


Composition: Alkali alumino silicate ceramic Shape: Solid spheres Color: White High strength: Crush strength > 4,200 kg/cm2 (> 60,000 psi)

Cat #
93903-01 93904-01 93910-01

Description
Alumina Ceramic Beads, 1-12 m (3 m mean) Alumina Ceramic Beads, 1-24 m (4 m mean) Alumina Ceramic Beads, 1-40 m (10 m mean)

Surface Area
5 m /g
2 2

Density
1.5 g/cc 1.5 g/cc 1.5 g/cc

Qty.
100 g 100 g 100 g

3 m /g 3 m2/g

Bulk sizes are available Sorbent Technologies, Inc. 25 www.sorbtech.com

Polymeric Resins
Mitsubishi Polymer Resins - Ion Exchange, Purification
We offer an amazing selection of Polymer Resins from Mitsubishi (PSDVB). For over 60 years Mitsubishi has been manufacturing ion exchange resins with excellent performance, superior physical and chemical properties, and lot-to-lot reproducibility for lab and industrial separation, extraction and purification applications. Polymer resins are a series of products based on ion-exchange resin manufacturing technology and are specifically designed as a solid extractant. Synthetic adsorbents have large surface areas and fine pore structures inside the particle similar to activated carbon. Because of this characteristic, these resins can effectively adsorb organic compounds from aqueous solutions. Polymer resin adsorbents are stable in either acidic or alkaline solutions as well as organic solvents. These resins can also be easily regenerated for repeat use, increasing product life. Extraction processes with synthetic adsorbents reduce solvent usage and provide safer operations compared to conventional solvent extraction techniques. These resins are pH stable from 1-14, available from 10 m to 1000 m particle sizes, wide array of pore sizes, and have a long lifetime. Packaging sizes from 10 g to 200 L.

Synthetic Adsorbents Aromatic Type: Diaion - HP20, HP20SS, SP20SS, Sepabeads - SP825
Food Grade Aromatic Type: Sepabeads - SP70, SP700, SP710 Modified Aromatic Type: Sepabeads - SP207, SP207SS Methacrylic Type: Diaion HP2MG, SP2MGS

HP20 synthetic adsorbent resin is a macroporous styrenic polymeric bead type resin designed for adsorption/desorption process scale applications. Its matrix provides an aromatic non-polar surface with excellent selectivity for hydrophobic areas of molecules, including biomolecules like antibiotics via low energy Van der Waals interactions. It is remarkable for its wide pore polymeric structure which provides excellent broad spectrum adsorption characteristics. HP20SS and SP20SS are smaller size versions of HP20. The wide pore polymer matrix provides excellent kinetics and capacity for small biomolecules of both preparative and process scale. They offer a nice balance of pressure flow characteristics and true chromatographic fractionation and have also been successfully applied in simulated moving bed (SMB) applications for a variety of small biomolecules. They often compete with bonded silica supports for preparative and industrial applications offering a longer lifetime. The Sepabeads SP825 resin provides a smaller more uniform pore size distribution and higher surface area as compared to Diaion HP20. The increase in surface area is approximately two times that of traditional adsorbents, and nearly matches the surface area of activated carbon. In many applications, this means twice the working capacity for the same volume of resin. They are recommended for industrial chemical process applications, bio/pharmaceutical applications such as desalting and extraction, and waste treatment. SP70, SP700, and SP710 are premium grade resins designed for the debittering of juices and related food products. These high surface area resins offer excellent kinetics and high capacity for naringin (and other bittering agents). They meet the compositional requirements for Secondary Direct Food Additives (21 CFR Section 173.65). SP70 and S710 are provided pre-conditioned to meet the extractive requirements as of the date of manufacture. SP207 resin is a macroporous chemically modified brominated styrenic polymeric type resin. The bromination of the aromatic ring provides increased hydrophobicity, and consequently, increased selectivity for hydrophobic molecules versus conventional styrene/DVB synthetic adsorbents like Diaion HP20 resin. In addition, the bromination increases the resin density which allows for settling in fermentation broths, and for usage in upflow fluidized beds. SP207SS is a small size version of modified aromatic type Sepabeads SP207. SP207SS is used for applied to reversed phase chromatography. The brominated polymeric matrix provides unique selectivity, full pH operating range and long operating life versus conventional bonded silica packing materials used in preparative and industrial applications. HP2MG is a macroporous methacrylate polymeric resin. It has no aromatic character. HP2MG grades have different selectivity than the classic Diaion HP20. HP20 is recommended for broad spectrum adsorption and desorption of small and large molecules, long chain aliphatic molecules, de-colorization and desalting applications, and should be evaluated as an alternate resin matrix to the styrenic based adsorbents. SP2MGS is a small and uniform particle size version of the methacrylate type Diaion HP2MG. SP2MGS gives higher dynamic capacity than HP2MG and shows strong retention and unique selectivity in normal phase chromatography.

Polymeric Resins

26 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Product
HP20 SP825L SP70 SP700 SP710 SP207 HP2MG HP20SS

Matrix
Highly Porous (styrene, DVB) Highly Porous (styrene, DVB) Highly Porous (styrene, DVB) Highly Porous (styrene, DVB) Highly Porous (styrene, DVB) (Brominated styrene-DVB) (Methacrylate) Highly Porous (styrene, DVB)

Ceph C Capacity*
~38 g/L ~80 g/L ~120 g/L <10 g/L -

Water Retention
55%-65% 52%-62% 55%-65% 60%-70% 60%-70% 43%-53% 55%-65% 55%-67%

Shipping Density
~680 g/L ~685 g/L ~685 g/L ~680 g/L ~685 g/L ~790 g/L ~720 g/L ~670 g/L

Particle Size Dist.


On 250 m: 90% min On 250 m: 90% min On 250 m: 90% min On 250 m: 90% min On 250 m: 90% min On 250 m: 90% min On 300 m: 90% min >150 m: 15% max 63-50 m: 70% min <63 m: 20% max >75 m: 30% max 63-75 m: 55% min <63 m: 15% max >150 m: 15% max 63-150 m: 70% min <63 m: 20% max >220 m: 1% max 120-160 m: 85% min <90 m: 1% max

SP20SS

Highly Porous (styrene, DVB)

55%-65%

~660 g/L

SP207SS

(Brominated styrene-DVB)

43%-53%

~780 g/L

SP2MGS

(Methacrylate)

61%-69%

~720 g/L

Product
HP20 SP825L SP70 SP700 SP710 SP207 HP2MG HP20SS SP20SS SP207SS SP2MGS

Effective Size
0.25 mm min 0.25 mm min 0.25 mm min 0.25 mm min 0.25 mm min 0.25 mm min 0.30 mm min -

Surface Area
~590 m/dry-g ~930 m/dry-g ~870 m/dry-g ~1200 m/dry-g ~900 m/dry-g ~600 m/dry-g ~570 m/dry-g ~560 m/dry-g ~560 m/dry-g ~590 m/dry-g ~520 m/dry-g

Pore Volume
~1.3 ml/gram ~1.4 ml/gram ~1.5 ml/gram ~2.3 ml/gram ~1.0 ml/gram ~1.3 ml/gram ~1.2 ml/gram ~1.2 ml/gram ~1.0 ml/gram ~1.3 ml/gram

Pore Radius
290 70 70 90 90 110 240 ~290 ~290 ~110 ~230

Specific Gravity
1.01 1.01 1.01 1.01 1.01 1.19 1.09 -

Swelling Water to Toluene


30% 20% 24% 7 20 5 -

Operation Temperatures
130 C max 130 C max 130 C max 130 C max 130 C max 130 C max 130 C max 130 C max 130 C max Polymeric Resins

130 C max

Purification of Antibiotics
Non-ionic synthetic adsorbents are able to hydrophobically adsorb antibiotics which do not have dissociating groups. In addition, they are also able to adsorb those with carboxyl groups, because under the weakly acid pH conditions in which antibiotics are stable, the carboxyl group is hardly dissociated. Moreover, their adsorption is usually strongest under weakly acid conditions and, therefore these adsorbents find wide application. The figure to the right shows the elution behavior of cephalosporin C. While operating conditions will not be exactly identical, there are many cases where a substance which can be separated by C18 Silica Gel may also be separated by the use of a synthetic adsorbent, such as Diaion HP20 in this case. Adsorption conditions Influent Solution: 4300 ppm C.P. SV: 4 BTP: 2150 ppm Rinsing Volume: 2BV/HP20 Elution Condition: SV 4 Adsorbent: 20 ml (Diaion HP20) 30% Aqueous Isopropanol Solution

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

27 www.sorbtech.com

Styrenic & Methacrylic Reversed Phase Resins for Preparative Chromatography


Styrenic Type: MCI GEL CHP20P/P20, CHP20/P30, CHP20/P50 dry Brominated Type: MCI GEL CHP07/P10 Methacrylate Type: MCI GEL CMG20/P10, CMG20/P30

The CHP grade resins are based on a highly crosslinked polystyrene matrix with no functionality. These resins offer varying pore size, surface area, and bead size to allow the chromatographer to control the efficiency and the resolution in the separation of pharmaceuticals (e.g. heterocyclic compounds), steroids, small peptides and proteins, oligonucleotides, amphoteric molecules (e.g. sulfonamides, antibiotics, nucleic bases), basic drugs (e.g. anticonvulsants), simple amines (e.g. catecholamine), and antihistamines, etc. These styrenic matrices have excellent mechanical strength with wide range pH stability (1 to 14) and resistance to high temperatures (up to 120 C operating temperature). CHP20 grades are the preparative size for HP20. CHP07 grades are the preparative size for SP207. The CMG grade resins are based on highly crosslinked polymethacrylic matrix with no functionality. Polymethacrylate resins have no aromatic character, offering medium hydrophobicity (less hydrophobic than styrenic resins or octadecyl silane). They are mainly used in the separation of pharmaceuticals (e.g. polyaromatic and polyaliphatic compounds), water soluble vitamins, small peptides and proteins, oligonucleotides, simple amines (e.g. catecholamine), and agricultural chemicals, etc. These methacrylic matrices have excellent mechanical strength and wide range pH stability (1 to 13), and resistance to high temperatures (up to 120 C operating temperature). CMG grades are the preparative size for HP2MG.

Product
CHP20P/P20 CHP20P/P30 CHP20/P50 dry CHP07/P10

Matrix
Styrene-DVB Styrene-DVB Styrene-DVB Bromintated Styrene-DVB

Mean Size
20 m 30 m 50 m 10 m

Particle Range
18-22 m 20-40 m 37-75 m 9-11 m

Pore Diameter
450 450 450 250

Column Dimension
4.6 x 150 mm 10 x 250 mm 20 x 150 mm 20 x 250 mm 4.6 x 150 mm 10 x 250 mm 20 x 150 mm 20 x 250 mm -

Packing Sizes
25, 100, 1000 ml 25, 100, 1000 ml 100 g 500 ml, 40 L

CMG20/P10

Methacrylate

10 m

9-11 m

250

10 g, 1000 g

CMG20/P30
Polymeric Resins

Methacrylate

30 m

25-33 m

250

25, 100, 1000 ml

Bioseparation: Wide Pore Hydrophilic Anion Exchange Resins


QA Type: MCI GEL CQA35S, CQA35P DEAE Type: MCI GEL CQA31S, CQA31P Diethyl Amine Type: Sepabeads FP-DA13

The CQ grade resins are based on a highly crosslinked polymethacrylic matrix, which is further hydroxylated for added hydrophilicity. These matrices are functionalized with either a quaternary amine (trimethyl amine) or a diethyl-aminoethyl to form strong basic and weak basic anion exchangers respectively with a chloride counterion. By varying the bead size of these resins, the chromatographer can control the efficiency and the resolution in the separation of anionic proteins, peptides, and polynucleotides (separation ran at a pH > PI of the target molecule). The FP grade resin is based on a highly crosslinked polymethacrylic matrix, which is hydroxylated for added hydrophilicity. This matrix is functionalized with a diethyl-amino to form weak basic anion exchanger. This resin is used in the large scale separation of anionic proteins, peptides, and polynucleotides (separation ran at a pH > PI of the target molecule) as well as enzyme immobilization supports. This methacrylic matrix has excellent mechanical strength with wide range pH stability (1 to 13) and resistance to high temperatures (up to 60 C operating temperature). Unique all purpose ion-exchange resins. The diethylamine (DEA) functionality is a secondary amine base group which provides increased capacity towards target molecules.

Product
CQA35S CQA35P CQA31S CQA31P FP-DA13

Mean Size
10 m 30 m 10 m 30 m 120 m

Particle Range
9-11 m 25-35 m 9-11 m 25-35 m 100-150 m

Funct. Group
QA QA DEAE DEAE Diethyl amine

Counter Ion
ClClFree Base Free Base Free Base

Functional Degree
0.3-0.5 meq/g 0.3-0.5 meq/g 0.5-0.7 meq/g 0.5-0.7 meq/g 1.9 meq/ml

Exclusion Limit
Up to 106 Up to 106 Up to 106 Up to 106 Up to 106

Capacity BSA
15-20 mg/ml

Pore Diamtr.
600 600 600 600 600

Column Dim.
75 x 75 mm 75 x 75 mm -

Packing Sizes
10, 25, 50 g 25, 50, 100, 1000 ml 10, 25, 50 g 25, 50, 100, 1000 ml 500 ml, 40 L

28 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Bioseparation: Wide Pore Hydrophilic Cation Exchange Resins


SP (Sulfopropyl) Type: MCI GEL CQK30S, CQK30P CM (Carboxymethyl)Type: MCI GEL CQK31S, CQK31P
The CQ grade resins are based on highly crosslinked polymethacrylic matrix, which is further hydroxylated for added hydrophilicity. These matrices are functionalized with either sulfonic acid or carboxymethyl to form strong acid and weak acid cation exchangers respectively with a sodium counterion. By varying the bead size of these resins, the chromatographer can control the efficiency and the resolution in the separation of cationic proteins, peptides, and polynucleotides (separation at a pH < PI of the target molecule). These methacrylic polymer matrices have excellent mechanical strength with wide range pH stability (1 to 13) and resistance to high temperatures (can be autoclaved at 121 C for 20 minutes).

Product
CQK30S CQK30P CQK31S CQK31P

Mean Size
10 m 30 m 10 m 30 m

Particle Range
9-11 m 25-35 m 9-11 m 25-35 m

Funct. Group
SP SP CM CM

Counter Ion
Na+ Na+ Na+ Na+

Functional Degree
0.3-0.5 meq/g 0.3-0.5 meq/g 0.2-0.4 meq/g 0.2-0.4 meq/g

Exclusion Limit
Up to 106 Up to 106 Up to 106 Up to 106

Pore Diam.
600 600 600 600

Column Dimension
75 x75 mm 75 x 75 mm -

Packing Sizes *
10, 25, 50 g 100 ml 10, 25, 50 g 100 ml

Strong Acidic Cation Exchange Resins


Gel Type: Diaion SK1B, UBK10 Porous Type: Diaion PK228, RCP160M
Strong Acidic Cation Exchange Resins are cross-linked polystyrene resins having sulfonic acid groups. Among the Diaion Product line, there are SK grades of gel type, PK grades of porous type, RCP160M of highly porous type. The standard shipping is sodium salt form. In some cases, the hydrogen form is available for catalysis applications such as esterification, alkylation, hydrolysis, hydration, etc. SK1B in Na+ and H+ form resin is our flagship premium grade, gel-type, strong acid cation resin. It has excellent properties for industrial applications and is recommended for industrial scale softening and de-mineralization applications. Featuring standard crosslinkage as is used in situations where the raw water contains oxidizing substances. The PK resin grades are based on a porous styrene DVB polymer matrix. Their porous structure provides excellent durability against osmotic shock by swelling and shrinkage. PK228 is recommended for condensate de-mineralization (L grade is recommended for best pressure flow performance). PK grades area also recommended for special applications such as de-ashing, de-colorization, and as a catalyst (as they have higher reaction rate in organic solvents than gel type resins). Unlike other ion-exchange resins, the UBK ion-exchange resin featuring good uniformity in particle size, reducing the reagent costs and spent waste waters useful where high purity water is needed for manufacturing processes. UBK ion-exchange resins are also used in many other fields because they have few large particles which can be easily broken by shrinkage and swelling. Diaion RCP160M is based on a macroporous crosslinked polystyrene matrix with sulfonic acid functional groups. This matrix is more open and porous than conventional grade resin with increased polymer surface available for intimate contact with solutes. In catalysis, the reaction rates are faster with RCP160M than standard grade resins, resulting in a higher degree of conversion during catalytic applications.

Product
SK1B* PK228* UBK10 RCP160M

Matrix
Gel (styrene, DVB): R-SO3-Na+ Porous (styrene, DVB): R-SO3- Na+ Gel (styrene, DVB): R-SO3- Na+ Highly Porous styrene, DVB R-SO3- H+

Counter Ion
Na+ for standard form, H+ for catalyst applications and de-mineralization Na+ for standard form, H+ for catalyst applications and de-mineralization Na+ for standard form, H+ for catalyst applications and de-mineralization Na+ for standard form, H+ for catalyst applications and de-mineralization

Total Capacity (meq/ml-r)


>2.0 Na form >1.7 H form >2.05 Na form >1.9 H form > 2.2 Na form >1.5 H form

Water Retention (%)


4350 Na form 50-60 H form 37-43 Na form 39-49 H form 35-45 Na form 45-55 H form

Shipping Density (g/L)


~ 825 Na form ~ 780 H form ~ 805 Na form ~ 770 H form ~ 850 Na form -

Product
SK1B* PK228* UBK10 RCP160M

Particle Size Distribution


On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max 580 20 m On 710 m: 25% max Thru 250 m: 1% max

Effective Size (mm)


0.40 min 0.40 min -

Uniformity Coefficient
1.6 max 1.6 max 1.2 max 1.6 max

Whole Bead Count


90% min 95% min 90% min 95% min

Operating Temp.
120 C (H form, Na form) max 120 C (H form, Na form) max 120 C (H form, Na form) max 120 C (H form, Na form) max

Crosslinked
8% 14% 10% High

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

29 www.sorbtech.com

Polymeric Resins

Strong Basic Anion Exchange Resins


Gel Type: Diaion SA10 (Type I), SA20A (Type II) Porous Type: Diaion PA308 (Type I), PA418 (Type II), HPA25 L (Type I)
Diaion Strong base anion exchange resins are based on a cross-linked polystyrene matrix having quaternary ammonium groups (NR3+). Among the Diaion product line, there are SA-grades of gel type, PA-grades of porous type, and HPA-grades of highly porous-type. The standard shipping is Cl- form (in some cases OH- form is available). Type I resins have trimethyl ammonium groups which impart higher basicity. In the co-current regeneration mode, the treated water will have the lowest silica leakage. Type I resins also have higher chemical stability and can be applied at higher temperature than Type II or acrylic based resins. SA10A is a Type I resin with standard crosslinkage. Porous-type ion exchange resins of a porous polymer matrix have good resistance against swelling and shrinking, though their exchange capacity is lower than gel-type ion exchange resins of the same degree of crosslinkage. These are effective when highly purified effluents are needed, e.g. removal of silica to very low concentration. They are suitable for treatments of waste waters with organic compounds. PA308 is used for demineralization and de-colorization of sugar liquors.

Product
SA10A PA308 HPA25 SA20A PA418

Matrix
Gel (styrene, DVB): R-CH2- N(CH3)3+ Porous (styrene, DVB): R-CH2- N(CH3)3+ Highly Porous Gel (styrene, DVB) Porous (styrene, DVB)

Counter Ion
Cl- for standard form, OH- for catalyst applications and de-mineralization Cl- for standard form, OH- for catalyst applications and de-mineralization Na+ for standard form, H+ for catalyst applications and de-mineralization -

Total Capacity (Cl- form)


> 1.3 meq/ml-R > 1.0 meq/ml-R > 0.5 meq/ml-R >1.3 meq/ml-R >1.3 meq/ml-R

Water Retention (Cl- form)


43% - 47% 57% - 67% 58% - 68% 45% - 52% 38% - 44%

Shipping Density (Cl- form)


~ 670 g/L ~ 710 g/L ~ 680 g/L ~ 715 g/L ~ 685 g/L

Product
SA10A PA308
Polymeric Resins

Functionality
R-CH2- N(CH3)2(CH3CH2OH) + Cl- for standard form R-CH2- N(CH3)2(CH3CH2OH) + Cl- for standard form

Particle Size Distribution


On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max On 250 m: 9v5% min On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max

Effective Size
0.40 mm min 0.40 mm min 0.25 mm min 0.40 mm min 0.40 mm min

Uniformity Whole Coefficient Bead Count


1.6 max 1.6 max 1.6 max 1.6 max 1.6 max 90% min 95% min 95% min 90% min 95% min

Operating Temp.
60 C (OH form) 80 C (Cl form) max 60 C (OH form) 80 C (Cl form) max 60 C (OH form) 80 C (Cl form) max 40 C (OH form) 60 C (Cl form) max 40 C (OH form) 60 C (Cl form) max

Crosslinked
4% High 9%

HPA25 SA20A PA418

Weakly Acidic Cation Exchange Resins


Methacrylic Type: DiaionWK100 Acrylic Type: Diaion WK60L
WK100 (methacrylic type) is a weak acid cation exchange resins having carboxylic acid functionalities. It has a pK value of approximately 6. Used mainly used for the purification of pharmaceuticals and foods. WK60L (acrylic type) is a weak acid cation exchange resin with carboxylic acid functionality based on porous acrylic polymer matrix. They have a pK value of approximately 5.3. The acrylic type resins have higher total capacity than methacrylic type resins. They are mainly used for water treatment applications such as the removal of hardness ions in the presence of bicarbonate alkalinity.

Product
WK100 WK60L

Matrix
Porous - Methacrylic Acrylic

Total Capacity
>2.8 meq/ml-R 4.4 meq/ml-R (min.)

Water Retention
45% - 55% 44% - 52%

Shipping Density
~ 660 g/L ~ 800 g/L

Effective pH Range
5 - 14 4-14

Product
WK100 WK60L

Functionality
Carboxylic Acid Carboxylic Acid

Particle Size Distribution


On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max On 1180 m 10% (max) Thru 425 m 3%

Effective Size
0.40 mm min 0.40 mm min

Uniformity Coefficient
1.6 max 1.6 max

Whole Bead Count


95% min 95% min

Operating Temp.
150 C max 120 C (max) (Na and H form)

30 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Weakly Basic Anion Exchange Resins


Acrylic/Amide Type: Diaion WA10 Styrenic/Polyamine Type: Diaion WA20 Styrenic/Dimethylamine Type: Diaion WA30 Styrenic/Adsorbent Type: Diaion DCA11

WA10 resin is based on a gel-type acrylic polymer matrix. It has a tertiary amine functionality with a high regeneration efficiency. The acrylic polymer matrix provides good chemical stability and good resistance to organic fouling. WA10 is mainly used for pretreatment of starch hydrolysates, beet sugar solutions, and formaldehyde. WA20 has high total exchange capacity and high regeneration efficiency. The porous styrene polymer imports high chemical stability, high mechanical strength against attrition loss, high thermal stability, and high durability against organic fouling. These resins are used for the removal of strong mineral acids in standard water treatment applications. It can also be applied in special process separations such as the treatment of organic solvents. It does not have any neutral salt splitting capacity. WA30 resin is a weak base anion exchange resin based on a porous, styrene-DVB polymer matrix with dimethyl amine functionality. The high porous styrenic matrix has excellent chemical stability, mechanical and osmotic strength, high thermal stability, and durability against organic fouling. WA30 is the benchmark to which all macroporous weak base exchange resins are compared to. It is used for a variety of applications, such as removal of organic substances of high molecular weight, pretreatment of raw waters containing organic foulants, de-ionization and de-colorization of starch hydrolysates, and purification of glycerine and enzymes. DCA11 is a lightly functionalized adsorbent resin based on a crosslinked styrene/DVB polymer matrix. DCA11 has a highly developed macroporous polymer structure with a narrow pore size distribution. The matrix is lightly functionalized with dimethylamino groups to provide some weakly basic anion exchange capacity. The styrene/DVB matrix offers hydrophobic interaction mechanisms and the amino group provides some ion exchange selectivity for improved de-colorization performance. DCA11 is recommended for de-colorization of natural organic aqueous solutions, such as fermentation liquids.

Product
WA10 WA20 WA30 DCA11

Matrix
Gel-Acyrlic Porous-Styrene DVB Porous-Styrene DVB Highly Porous-Styrene DVB

Total Capacity (Free base form) Water Reten. Shipping Density Effective pH range
> 1.2 meq/ml-R > 2.5 meq/ml-R > 1.5 meq/ml-R > 0.3 meq/ml-R 63% - 69% 41% - 47% 43% - 55% 50% - 60% ~ 695 g/L ~ 660 g/L ~ 635 g/L ~ 630 g/L 0-9 0-9 0-9 -

Product
WA10 WA20 WA30 DCA11

Functionality
-CONH(CH2)nN(CH3)2 -CH2NH(CH2CH2NH)nH -CH2N(CH3)2 -CH2N(CH3)2

Particle Size Distribution


On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max

Effective Size
0.35 mm min 0.40 mm min 0.40 mm min 0.40 mm min

Uniformity Coefficient
1.6 max 1.6 max 1.6 max 1.6 max

Whole Operating Bead Count Temp.


90% min 95% min 95% min 95% min 60 C max 100 C max 100 C max

Specific Surface Area


Polymeric Resins

100 C max 600 m2/dry gram

Fractionation Resins for Industrial Chromatography


Gel Type: Diaion UBK550, UBK555
Chromatographical separation is widely industrialized in pharmaceuticals, fermentation, and food applications. Ion exchange resins of small particles with uniform particle size distribution are applied for these purposes. The smaller particles with the more uniform particle size distribution, the higher yields and purities can be obtained. These types of resins are suitable for industrial chromatography such as fructose/ glucose separation. UBK resins are prepared via a monodispersed production technology, and offered with narrow particle size distributions in either sodium or calcium forms. The high bead uniformity provides fractionation resins with excellent resolving power and mechanical stability. These products are often applied in simulated moving beds (SMB) equipment with a 4-8 column design for separation of binary and ternary mixtures in small and large scale industrial applications.

Product
UBK550 UBK555

Matrix
Gel (styrene, DVB): R-SO3Gel (styrene, DVB): R-SO3-

Counter Ion
NA+ form CA+ form

Total Capacity
> 1.9 meq/ml-R > 2.0 meq/ml-R

Water Retention
46% - 50% 42% - 46%

Shipping Density
~ 825 g/L Na form ~ 865 g/L

Product
UBK550

Particle Size
Standard -220 m K grade - 350 m G grade - 390 m Standard -220 m K grade - 350 m

Uniformity Coefficient
1.1 max

Whole Bead Count


90% min

Operating Temp.
120 C max

Crosslinked
8%

UBK555

1.1 max

90% min

120 C max

8%

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

31 www.sorbtech.com

Ultrapure Mixed Bed Resins


Gel Type: Diaion SMT100 L, SMT200 L

Mitsubishi Chemical offers several grades of mixed resins for non-regenerable mixed bed ion exchange applications. All mixed resins are typically offered in a 1:1 stoichiometric ratio (1 equivalence of cation equilibrium capacity to 1 equivalence of anion equilibrium capacity). SMT100L and SMT200L are manufactured to very stringent performance specifications, and prepared from component resins with the highest degree of conversion and considerations of purity. They will also provide exceptional performance relative to electrical resistivity and TOC leakage. In fact, rinsing to 18 egaohm resistivity is nearly instantaneous, and clearly superior to conventional mixed bed resins. The performance for TOC meets or exceeds all conventional mixed bed resins. The TOC rinse down performance is maintained over 12 months of storage. Diaion SMT200L offers remarkable performance relative to metals leakage. The cation component, SKT20L, has been prepared with low levels of metals in the resin phase (500 ppb). This improvement allows ppt metals leakage in the product water quality (actual performance is <0.1 ppt for 13 metals within 4 hours of rinse). These are mixed bed resins: 1 equivalent of cation exchanger to 1 equivalent of anion exchanger. This mixed bed is used for the production of ultrapure water for use in the semiconductor industry as well as in the production of high purity chemicals. The SMT200L has a higher purity than SMT100L as the ash content is reduced several folds within the resin matrix.

Product
SMT100L

Matrix
Gel (styrene, DVB): with Ionic form H/OH Gel (styrene, DVB): with Ionic form H/OH

Capacity (meq/ml-R)
> 1.7 cation > 0.9 anion > 1.7 cation > 0.9 anion

Water Retention (%)


50-60 cation 62-72 anion 50-60 cation 62-72 anion

Conversion (eq%)
> 99.9 H form > 90.0 OH form < 1.0 Cl form > 99.9 H form > 90.0 OH form < 1.0 Cl form

Particle Size Distribution


On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max

Effective Size (mm)


0.40 mm

SMT200L

0.40 mm

Product
SMT100L SMT200L

Uniformity Coefficient
1.6 max 1.6 max

Performance Properties*
-

Resistivity (m . Cm)
> 18 (3 hrs) > 18.1 (12 hrs)

TOC (ppb)
< 10 (3 hrs) < 10 (3 hrs)

Metal Water Qualities (ppt)


<0.1 (12 hrs)

Particles (>0.05 m/ml)


<10 (12 hrs)

Chelating Resins

Polymeric Resins

Iminodiacetate Type: Diaion CR11 Polyamine Type: Diaion CR20 Glucamine Type: Diaion CRB03 and CRB05

CR11 is based on a high porous styrenic matrix, and provides rapid kinetics, high operating capacity, low swell / shrink ratio, and excellent mechanical stability. CR11 captures metal ions by chelation with its iminodiacetate functionality. CR11 has a higher selectivity than strong and weak acid cation exchange resins for divalent ions, especially transitional metal elements such as copper, iron, etc. CR11 can capture metal ions at much lower pH than strong and weak acid resins. As CR11 has higher selectivity for divalent metal ions than monovalents, it can be used for such selective separation. CR20 is a special chelating resin with polyamine functionality. CR20 captures metal ions by chelation with its polyamine functionality with its high porous styrene-DVB matrix. CR20 has a high selectivity to heavy metal ions. It does not adsorb alkali metal and alkali earth metal ions, and therefore, it can be used for heavy metal recovery from highly concentrated alkali earth solutions. CRB03 and CRB05 are special chelating resin with glucamine groups based on a high porous styrene-DVB matrix. It has high selectivity for borate ions. It is used for borate separation from various solutions, including brine and sea water.

Product
CR11 CR20 CRB03 CRB05

Matrix
Porous-Styrene DVB Porous-Styrene DVB Porous-Styrene DVB Porous-Styrene DVB

Functionality
-CH2N(CH2COONa)2 -CH2NH(CH2CH2NH)nH -CH2N(CH3)CH2(CHOH)4CH2OH -CH2N(CH3)CH2(CHOH)4CH2OH

Total Exchange Capacity


> 0.7 meq/ml-R > 0.95 meq/ml-R

Cu Adsorption Capacity (mmole/ml-R)


> 0.5 > 0.4 -

Water Retention
55% - 65% 60% - 60% 45% - 55% 43% - 53%

Product
CR11 CR20 CRB03 CRB05

Shipping Density (g/L)


~ 730 ~ 635 ~ 665 ~ 770

Particle Size Distribution


On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 355 m: 2% max On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max On 1180 m: 5% max Thru 300 m: 1% max On 850 m: 10% max Thru 300 m: 1% max

Effective Size (mm)


0.40 min 0.40 min 0.35-0.55 min 0.35 min

Uniformity Coefficient
1.6 max 1.6 max 1.6 max 1.6 max

Whole Bead Count (%)


95% min 95% min 95% min 95% min

Operating Tempurature
80 C max (H form) 120 C max (Na form) 100 C max 100 C max 100 C max

32 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

SPE Cartridges
CHROMABOND Solid Phase Extraction
Solid Phase Extraction (SPE) is a fast and efficient sample preparation technique for cleanup or concentration analysis, HPLC, GC, TLC, UV, IR and is an excellent tool for method development. SPE has capabilities for a wide spectrum of applications including environmental analyses, pharmaceutical and biochemical analyses, organic chemistry and food analysis.

Advantages of Solid Phase Extraction:

Lower consumption of solvents Faster-enormous time savings Less demand placed on analytical equipment Lower costs per sample Potential for automation High consistency in individual sample handling More specific selectivity because of the broad range of adsorbents and different retention mechanisms Optimization of extraction by variation or adjusting of the solid phase and chromatographic conditions Ultra-high performance CHROMABOND SPE Cartridges are available in polypropylene (standard & Large Volume) and glass tubes from 1 to 70 ml sizes. CHROMABOND SPE Cartridges are precision packed with a wide array of sorbents: SiOH, Alumina (A, B, N), C18, C8, C4, C2, Cyclohexyl, Phenyl, NitroPhenyl, Amino, DMA, CN, Diol, PCA, SA, PSA, SB, PS-RP, PS-OH, PS-H+, PS-Ag+, PS-Ba2+ , Florisil, Polyamide, Phases for Environmental, and Specialty. Phases are also packed in Chromafix (luer connect) and 96 Well Plates. Ask us about Method Development Kits containing a mixed selection of sorbents and Bulk Packs. Vacuum Manifolds and SPE accessories available.

Benefits
High recovery rates Provides variety and selection for even the most specific application Excellent reproducibility Improves selectivity of the analysis All SPE products sealed to maintain quality and shelf life Reduces consumption of organic solvents Speeds analysis time Over 40 Phases available Cartridges available in polypropylene, glass LV (large volume), 96 well plates

Selection guide for SPE phases and solvents

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

33 www.sorbtech.com

SPE

Main steps of the SPE procedure


Conditioning of the adsorbent is necessary in order to ensure reproducible interaction with the analyte. Conditioning, also called solvation, results in a wetting of the adsorbent and thus produces an environment which is suitable for adsorption of the analyte. Nonpolar adsorbents are usually conditioned with 2 3 column volumes of a solvent, which is miscible with water (methanol, THF, -propanol etc.), followed by the solvent in which the analyte is dissolved (pure matrix, e.g. water, buffer). Polar adsorbents are conditioned with nonpolar solvents. After the conditioning step, the adsorbent bed must not run dry to maintain solvation (deconditioning).

1. Conditioning of the adsorbent

2. Sample application (adsorption) 3. Washing of the adsorbent

Sample application can be performed with positive or negative pressure with a flow rate of ~3 ml/min. Sample volumes vary from a few milliliters up to liters.

Washing of the adsorbent is usually achieved with a special wash solution; however, in some cases it may not be necessary. If the polarity difference between the wash solution and the eluent is very large, or if both are not miscible, drying of the adsorbent bed after washing is recommended to improve elution and recovery.

4. Elution

Elution with a suitable eluent should not be too fast. The elution speed depends on the column or cartridge dimensions and the quantity of adsorbent (about 1 ml/min).

SPE

Visit www.SORBTECH.com for more information on SPE and Applications!


34 www.sorbtech.com Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Silica Gel
Properties: Unmodified, weakly acidic silica, pore size 60 , particle size 45 m, specific surface 500 m2/g, pH stability 2 8 Very polar Adsorbs humidity from air, for this reason it should be kept well closed and if necessary dried before use Due to its high affinity for polar compounds it should not be conditioned with polar (e.g. methanol) or water-containing solvents Recommended Applications: Aatoxins Chloramphenicol Pesticides Steroids Vitamins

Cat. #
730070 730075 730217 730072 730214G 730075G Silica Gel Silica Gel Silica Gel Silica Gel

Product

Weight
500 mg 1g 2g 10 g 200 mg 1g

Size
6 ml 6 ml 15 ml 70 ml 3 ml 6 ml

Qty/pkg
30 30 20 10 50 30

Silica Gel - Glass Silica Gel - Glass

C18 ec
Properties: Base material silica, pore size 60 , particle size 45 m for C18 ec, specific surface 500 m2/g, pH stability 2 8 Octadecyl phases, end-capped, carbon content 14% Very nonpolar, hydrophobic interactions with a wide variety of organic compounds Advantageous for clean-up of samples with large structural variations (polarity differences) Recommended Applications: Nonpolar compounds Aatoxins, amphetamines, antibiotics, Anti-epileptics, barbiturates, caeine, drugs, preservatives, fatty acids, nicotine, PAHs, pesticides, PCBs, heavy metals, vitamins Very well suited for desalting of samples

Anti-epileptics from serum Cartridge: CHROMABOND; C18 ec / 1 ml / 100 mg Phase: CHROMABOND C18 ec Catalog #: 730011 Substances: Carbamazepine phenobarbital phenytoin primidone Information: Mix 500 l serum with 500 l internal standard (500 g / ml 4-methylprimidone in citrate buffer pH Conditions: Column conditioning: 2 column volumes methanol, 2 column volumes water Sample application: Slowly force or aspirate the sample through the column Column washing: 2 column volumes dist. water.

Cat. #
730011 730012 730013 730014 730015 730404 730405 730259 730012G 730014G 732012 732013 C18 ec C18 ec C18 ec C18 ec C18 ec C18 ec C18 ec C18 ec C18 ec - Glass C18 ec - Glass C18 ec - Lg. Vol. C18 ec - Lg. Vol.

Product

Weight
100 mg 200 mg 500 mg 500 mg 1g 2g 5g 10 g 200 mg 500 mg 200 mg 500 mg

Size
1 ml 3 ml 3 ml 6 ml 6 ml 15 ml 45 ml 70 ml 3 ml 6 ml 15 ml 15 ml

Qty/pkg
100 50 50 30 30 20 20 10 50 30 30 30

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

35 www.sorbtech.com

SPE

C8
Properties: Base material silica, pore size 60 , particle size 45 m, specific surface 500 m2/g, pH stability 2 8 Octyl phases, not end-capped, carbon content 8% Similar to C18, however slightly more polar Secondary interactions with polar compounds are more pronounced due to shorter alkyl chains Recommended Applications: Pesticides, PCBs

Cat. #
730021 730022 730023 730024 730134 730024G 732023 C8 C8 C8 C8 C8 C8 - Glass

Product

Weight
100 mg 200 mg 500 mg 500 mg 1000 mg 500 mg 500 mg

Size
1 ml 3 ml 3 ml 6 ml 6 ml 6 ml 15 ml

Qty/pkg
100 50 50 30 30 30 30

C8 - Large Volume

C4
Properties: Base material silica, pore size 60 , particle size 45 m, specific surface 500 m2/g, pH stability 2 8 Butyl phase, not end-capped, carbon content 7% Slightly more polar than C18 or C8 Due to shorter alkyl chains the silica surface is not completely shielded Recommended Applications: Compounds, which are too strongly retained on C18 or C8 e.g. analgetics from blood

Cat. #
730225 730227
SPE

Product
C4 C4

Weight
100 mg 500 mg

Size
1 ml 3 ml

Qty/pkg
100 50

C2
Properties: Base material silica, pore size 60 , particle size 45 m, specific surface 500 m2/g, pH stability 2 8 Dimethyl phase, not end-capped, carbon content 4 % Similar to C4 Recommended Applications: E.g. anti-epileptics from plasma

Cat. #
730169 730221 73409 730410 C2 C2 C2 C2

Product

Weight
100 mg 500 mg 500 mg 1g

Size
1 ml 3 ml 6 ml 6 ml

Qty/pkg
100 50 30 30

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist 36 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Phenyl
Properties: Base material silica, pore size 60 , particle size 45 m, specific surface 500 m2/g, pH stability 2 8 Phenyl phase, carbon content 8% Polarity similar to C8 In addition to hydrophobic interactions, more selective adsorption is possible by - interactions due to the electron density of the phenyl ring Recommended Applications: Aatoxins Caeine Phenols

Cat. #
730083 730411 730084 Phenyl Phenyl Phenyl

Product

Weight
100 mg 200 mg 500 mg

Size
1 ml 3 ml 3 ml

Qty/pkg
100 50 50

Amino (NH2)

Properties: Base material silica, pore size 60 , particle size 45, specific surface 500 m2/g, pH stability 2 8 Aminopropyl phase, carbon content 3.5% Polar, weak anion exchanger

Recommended Applications: Trace elements Lipids

Cat. #
730031 730413 730033 730180 730626 730033G 730180G 730626G 732033 Amino (NH2) Amino (NH2) Amino (NH2) Amino (NH2) Amino (NH2)

Product

Weight
100 mg 200 mg 500 mg 500 mg 1g 500 mg 500 mg 1g 500 mg

Size
1 ml 3 ml 3 ml 6 ml 6 ml 3 ml 6 ml 6 ml 15 ml

Qty./Pkg.
100 50 50 30 30 50 30 30 30

Amino (NH2) - Glass Amino (NH2) - Glass Amino (NH2) - Glass Amino (NH2) - Large Volume

Alumina
Properties: Aluminium oxide, high purity, pore volume 0.90 ml/g, particle size 60 150 m, specific surface 150 m2/g Recommended Applications: Together with phase SA for PCB and pesticides

Cat. #
730452 730429 730446 730017 730139 730467 730139G 730020G 732210 732091 732205 Alumina Acid Alumina Basic Alumina Neutral Alumina Acid Alumina Neutral Alumina Basic

Product

Weight
500 mg 500 mg 500 mg 1g 1g 4g 1g 1g 1g 1g 1g

Size
3 ml 3 ml 3 ml 6 ml 6 ml 45 ml 6 ml 6 ml 15 ml 15 ml 15 ml

Qty/pkg
50 50 50 30 30 20 30 30 30 30 30

Alumina Neutral - Glass Alumina Basic - Glass Alumina Acid - Large Volume Alumina Neutral - Large Volume Alumina Basic - Large Volume

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

37 www.sorbtech.com

SPE

Diol
Properties: Base material silica, pore size 60 , particle size 45 m, specific surface 500 m2/g, pH stability 2 8 Diol phase, carbon content 5.5% Polar Properties similar to SiOH Recommended Applications: Antibiotics Prostaglandins

Cat. #
730051 730417 730053 730418 730053G 732053 Diol Diol Diol Diol

Product

Weight
100 mg 200 mg 500 mg 500 mg 500 mg 500 mg

Size
1 ml 3 ml 3 ml 6 ml 3 ml 15 ml

Qty/pkg
100 50 50 30 50 30

Diol - Glass Diol - Lg. Vol.

Also available in Glass!

Cyano
Properties: Base material silica, pore size 60 , particle size 45 m, specific surface 500 m2/g, pH stability 2 8 Cyanopropyl phase, carbon content 5.5% Polar to mid-polar In addition to weak hydrophobic interactions, selective interactions are possible due to the high electron density of the Cyano group Recommended Applications: Cyclosporins Carbohydrates

Cat. #
730061 730420 730063 730421
SPE

Product
Cyano Cyano Cyano Cyano

Weight
100 mg 200 mg 500 mg 500 mg

Size
1 ml 3 ml 3 ml 6 ml

Qty/pkg
100 50 50 30

Florisil
Properties: Matrix magnesium silicate (MgO - SiOH 15:85) High purity Particle size 150 250 m Recommended Applications: Organic tin compounds, aliphatic carboxylic acids, PCBs, PAHs

Cat. #
730457 730081 730238 730082 730082G Florisil Florisil Florisil Florisil

Product

Weight
200 mg 500 mg 500 mg 1g 1g

Size
3 ml 3 ml 6 ml 6 ml 6 ml

Qty/pkg
50 50 30 30 30

Florisil - Glass

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist 38 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Easy - Polar, bifunctionally modified polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymer


Because of the bifunctional modification, CHROMABOND Easy is significantly more hydrophilic than conventional polystyrene-divinylbenzene polymers and is therefore easily wettable with water. Aqueous sample can be loaded directly with little or no preconditioning. There is no decrease in recovery rates if the cartridge runs dry and therefore automation is easier because a permanent vacuum can be used without supervision. Properties: Polar modified polystyrene-divinyllbenzene copolymer with a weak anion exchanger Specific surface area 650 - 700 m2/g, particle size 80 m, pore size 50 , pH stability 1 - 14 Without preconditioning Due to bi functional modifcation much more hydrophilic than conventional polystyrene-divinyllbenzene polymers Easily wettable with water Recommended Applications: Polar herbicides / pesticides from water (acidic, neutral, basic) Polar phenols from water Polyaromatic compounds Polychlorinated biphenyls Drug analysis from urine, blood, serum, plasma, pharmaceuticals / active ingredients from tablets, creams

Recovery rates of Phenyl urea pesticides


Cartridge: CHROMABOND; EASY 3 ml 200 mg Phase: CHROMABOND Easy Catalog #: 730754 Substances: fluometuron fenuron monuron isoproturon
chlortoluron linuron diuron metoxuron metobromuron monolinuron

Information: Drinking water; internal standard 100 mg/l of each substance Conditions:
Conditioning: 2 ml methanol, 2 ml water Sample Application: Suck 1 L water slowly through the column and dry with vacuum Elution: 2 x 2 ml methanol/acetone 1:1, then evaporate at 20 C.

Legend: Substance Recovery rate % Fluometuron 93 Fenuron 83 Monuron 91 Isoproturon 91 Chlortoluron 95 Linuron 106 Diuron 99 Metoxuron 86 Metobromu

Col. type: CHROMABOND Easy/3 ml/200 mg Cat. #: 730754 Col. conditioning: 1 ml water, 3 ml methanol, 1 ml water Sample application: aspire the sample through the column Elution: 3 x 1 ml acetone Further analysis: HPLC with NUCLEOSIL 120-5 C18

Compound Recovery Desisopropylatrazine 90.3% 2,6-Dichlorobenzamide 93.1% Desethylatrazine 92.7% Hexazinone 69.3% Terbacil 65.1% Simazine 81.4% Cyanazine 92.8% Desethylterbuthylazine 90.6% Methabenzthiazuron 93.7% Chlortoluron 91.4% Atrazine 92.4%

Compound Recovery Matalaxyl 95.5% Isoproturon 93.5% Diuron 94.4% Metazachlor 97.0% Propazine 94.6% Terbuthylazine 93.2% Linuron 95.7% Metolachlor 97.3% Triallate 61.4% Standard 63.7%

Cat. #
730753 730754 730756 730753G 730755G Easy Easy Easy Easy - Glass Easy - Glass

Product

Weight
60 mg 200 mg 500 mg 60 mg 200 mg

Size
3 ml 3 ml 6 ml 3 ml 6 ml

Qty/pkg
30 30 30 30 30

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist Sorbent Technologies, Inc. 39 www.sorbtech.com

SPE

Recovery of Pesticides Private communication: Mr. Khn, GUB, Waldshut Tiengen, Germany

CHROMABOND- HR-Xpert
These innovative SPE phases offer:
State-of-the-art spherical polymer allows broad spectrum of applications with special suitability for enrichment of pharmaceuticals from biological matrices Optimized pore structure and high specific phases allows for high loadability, and excellent elution properties, low solvent consumption and rapid analyse. High-Purity adsorbent material allows for the highest reproducibility with extremely low blind values, with reliable analyses at ultra trace levels

The innovative concept of five polymer-based RP- and mixed-mode ion exchange phases for SPE:
CHROMABONDHR-X - hydrophobic PS/DVB copolymer CHROMABONDHR-XC - strong mixed-mode cation exchanger CHROMABONDHR-XA - strong mixed-mode anion exchanger CHROMABONDHR-XCW - weak mixed-mode cation exchanger CHROMABONDHR-XAW - weak mixed-mode anion exchanger
Depending on the character of the analytes HR-Xpert offers suitable adsorbents and optimal method for sample preparation, cleaning and concentration.

3 paths 1 goal: cleaner samples

CHROMABOND HR-Xpert concept neutral, acidic, and basic analytes

strong bases pKa > 10 CHROMABOND HR-XCW

acids pKa 2 > 8 CHROMABOND HR-XA

neutrals compounds CHROMABOND HR-X

strong acids pKa > 1 CHROMABOND HR-XAW

bases pKa 2 -10 CHROMABOND HR-XC

Method A
1. Sample pretreatment 2. Column conditioning 3. Sample application 4. Washing 1: (basic) aqueous 5. Washing 2/ Elution 1*: organic 6. Elution 2: organic acidic

Method B
1. Sample pretreatment 2. Column conditioning 3. Sample application 4. Washing 1: aqueous 5. Elution: organic

Method C
1. Sample pretreatment 2. Column conditioning 3. Sample application 4. Washing 1: (acidic) aqueous 5. Washing 2/ Elution 1*: organic 6. Elution 2: organic base

SPE

Strong Bases

Acidic Compounds

Neutral Compounds

Strong Acids

Basic Compounds

* under organic washing and elution conditions the following compounds will be also eluted: HR-X: polar compounds such as organic acids and bases HR-XC / HR-XCW: acidic components / impurities HR-XA / HR-XAW: basic components / impurities

40 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

HR-X
Properties: Hydrophobic polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymer pH stability 1 14 High-purity material with highest reproducibility and lowest blank values due to a novel manufacturing process Spherical particles 85 m; pore size 55 60 Very high surface 1000 m2/g Excellent recovery rates especially for the enrichment of pharmaceuticals Capacity 390 mg/g (caffeine in water) Recommended Applications: Pharmaceuticals / active ingredients from tablets, creams and water / waste water Drugs and pharmaceuticals from urine, blood, serum and plasma Trace analysis of pesticides, herbicides, phenols, PAHs and PCBs from water

Cat. #
730931 730936 730936G 730938 732130 HR-X HR-X HR-X - Glass HR-X

Product

Weight
200 mg 60 mg 60 mg 200 mg 30 mg

Size
3 ml 3 ml 3 ml 6 ml 15 ml

Qty/pkg
30 30 30 30 30

HR-X - Large Volume

HR-XC
Properties: Base material polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymer Strong acidic benzenesulphonic acid cation exchanger Exchange capacity 1.0 meq/g, pKa < 1 pH stability 1 14 High purity material, highest reproducibility and lowest blank values due to an optimized production process Spherical particles size 85 m; pore size 65 75 Very large specific surface 800 m2/g; pore volume 1.4 cm3/g RP capacity 300 mg/g (caffeine in water) Outstanding recovery rates especially for the enrichment of basic analytes. Recommended Applications: Basic active ingredients from heavily matrix-contaminated samples, e.g. urine, plasma, serum Fungicides from food, melamine from milk basic analytes, e. g. amines Bases with pKa 2 10

Cat. #
730969 730956 730049 730957 730953 731755 731756 HR-XC HR-XC HR-XC HR-XC HR-XC HR-XC HR-XC

Product

Weight
30 mg 60 mg 100 mg 150 mg 500 mg 155 mg 240 mg

Size
1 ml 3 ml 1 ml 6 ml 3 ml -

Qty/pkg
30 30 30 30 30 50 50
SPE

HR-XA
Properties: Base material polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymer Strong basic quaternary ammonium anion exchanger Exchange capacity 0.25 meq/g, pKa ~ 18 pH stability 1 14 High purity material with highest reproducibility and lowest blank values due to an optimized production process Spherical particles size 85 m; pore size 55 65 Very large specific surface 850 m2/g; pore volume 1.4 cm3/g RP capacity 350 mg/g (caffeine in water) Outstanding recovery rates especially for the enrichment of acidic analytes Recommended Applications: Acidic active ingredients from heavily matrix-contaminated samples like e. g. urine, plasma, serum Phenolic acids Acidic herbicides Weak/medium-strength Acids with pKa 2 8

Cat. #
730968 730950 730727 730958 730954 731768 731769 HR-XA HR-XA HR-XA HR-XA HR-XA HR-XA HR-XA

Product

Weight
30 mg 60 mg 100 mg 150 mg 500 mg 155 mg 240 mg

Size
1 ml 3 ml 1 ml 6 ml 3 ml

Qty/pkg
30 30 30 30 30 50 50

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

41 www.sorbtech.com

HR-XCW
Properties: Base material spherical PS/DVB copolymer Weak acidic carboxylic acid cation exchanger Exchange capacity >0.7 meq/g, pKa ~ 5 pH stability 1 14 High purity material, highest reproducibility and lowest blank values due to an optimized production process Spherical particles size 85 m; pore size 50 60 Very large specific surface 850 m2/g; pore volume 1.2 1.4 cm3/g RP capacity 350 mg/g (caffeine in water) Outstanding recovery rates especially for enrichment of strongly basic analytes Recommended Applications: Basic compounds like Quaternary amines Active ingredients from heavily matrix-contaminated, samples e.g. urine, plasma, serum Strong bases with pKa > 10

Cat. #
730731 730735 730733 730737 730741 731774 731775 HR-XCW HR-XCW HR-XCW HR-XCW HR-XCW HR-XCW HR-XCW

Product

Weight
30 mg 60 mg 100 mg 150 mg 500 mg 155 mg 240 mg

Size
1 ml 3 ml 1 ml 6 ml 3 ml

Qty/pkg
30 30 30 30 30 50 50

Tricyclic Antidepressants Recovery rate [%]: Appl. No. 305340 Compound HR-XCW HR-XC* PCA** Oasis WCX Column type: CHROMABOND HR-XCW/3 ml, 60 mg, REF 730735 Doxepine 79 5 11 41 Sample: 250 l spiked Serum, diluted with 1 ml 10%, formic acid in water Imipramine 79 9 20 67 Conditioning: 3 ml MeOH Amitriptyline 91 9 14 46 Equilibration: 3 ml water Sample app.: slowly aspirate sample through the column Trimipramine 98 7 14 27 Washing: 1 ml 5% formic acid in water, then 1 ml MeOH Elution: After drying by vacuum (15 min) 3 ml 5% formic * HR-XC: Basic analytes can not be eluted with slightly acidic organic conditions from the strong acid in MeOH cation exchanger CHROMABOND HR-XC, because the eluting power is not sufficient to dissociate the Further analysis: Evaporate and redissolve in a suitable solvent for interaction with the ion exchanger. However, with the usage of basic methanol a complete elution can be achieved (please see also Appl. No. 304780). HPLC on NUCLEODUR C8, Gravity see Appl. No. ** PCA: Due to the missing RP interactions of silica based weak cation exchanger, CHROMABOND PCA 118520 gives only a small enrichment elution of the analytes.

Properties: Base material spherical PS/DVB copolymer, pH stability 1 14 Weak basic secondary and tertiary ammonium anion exchanger, exchange capacity >0.5 meq/g, pKa ~ 6 High purity material with highest reproducibility and lowest blank values due to an optimized production process Spherical particles size 85 m; pore size 55 65 Very large specific surface 850 m2/g; pore volume 1.2 1.4 cm3/g RP capacity 350 mg/g (caffeine in water) Outstanding recovery rates especially for enrichment of acidic analytes

HR-XAW

Recommended Applications: Perflourinated surfactants Acidic compunds like sulfonates Active ingredients from heavily matrix-contaminated, samples e.g. urine, plasma, serum Strong acids with pKa < 1

SPE

Cat. #
730728 730747 730729 730749 730744 731771 731772 HR-XAW HR-XAW HR-XAW HR-XAW HR-XAW HR-XAW HR-XAW

Product

Weight
30 mg 60 mg 100 mg 150 mg 500 mg 155 mg 240 mg

Size
1 ml 3 ml 1 ml 6 ml 3 ml

Qty/pkg
30 30 30 30 30 50 50

42 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

CHROMABOND - QuEChERS
Properties: Base material silica, pore size 60 , particle size 45 m, specific surface 500 m2/g, pH stability 28 Primary and Secondary Amine functions (PSA), 5 % C Removes polar compounds (e.g., organic acids, pigments, sugars) from matrices like fruit or vegetables Similar phases: Supelclean PSA, Bond Elut PSA

Recommended application: Special SPE phase for quick and cheap determination of pesticides in strongly matrix-contaminated samples by GC-MS and LC-MS QuEChERS method = Quick Easy Cheap Effective Rugged Safe

Method and Pre-Mixes


Within a few years after its development by Anastassiades et al. the QuEChERS method has gained a leading position for determination of pesticide residues in food samples by GC-MS or LC-MS, allowing rapid and cheap clean-up of strongly matrix-contaminated samples. For optimizing the extraction of pH-dependent compounds, for minimizing decomposition of sensitive substances, and for broadening the matrix spectrum, different modifications of the QuEChERS method have been elaborated. In addition to the required adsorbent CHROMABOND Diamino offers a number of individually weighed and premixed buffer and extraction mixtures, specially composed for different sample matrices. The European standard EN 15662 recommends a citrate extraction mix (Mix I), while AOAC standard 2007.1 uses an acetate extraction mix (Mix II). For clean-up, the Diamino phase (PSA) removes, e.g., sugars and organic acids. Magnesium sulfate removes water, C18 ec removes nonpolar interferences such as fats and the Carbon phase removes pigments, sterols, and nonpolar interferences.

QuEChERS Mixes
Sample Property
Low fat content (e.g., Apples, Strawberries) Moderate content of chlorophyll and carotinoids (e.g., Carrots, Lettuce) Higher content of chlorophyll and carotinoids (e.g., Bell Peppers, Spinach) Higher fat content (e.g., Avocado)

QuEChERS Extraction Mixes


Citrate or acetate extraction Mix I or Mix II Citrate or acetate extraction Mix I or Mix II Citrate extraction Mix I Citrate extraction Mix I

QuEChERS clean-up mixes


Diamino clean-up Mix III Diamino/Carbon clean-up Mix IV Diamino/Carbon clean-up (higher Carbon content) Mix V Diamino/C18 ec clean-up Mix VI

CHROMABOND QuEChERS Exctraction Buffer Mixes


Cat. #
730970 730971

Description
Mix I Citrate Extraction Mix Mix II Acetate Extraction Mix

Composition
4 g MgSO4, 1 g NaCl, 0.5 g Na2H Citrate 1.5 H2O, 1 g Na3 Citrate 2 H2O 6 g MgSO4, 1.5 g Na Citrate

Volume
15 ml 15 ml

Qty/pkg
50 50

CHROMABOND QuEChERS Clean Up Mixes


730972 730973 730974 730975 Mix III Diamino Clean Up Mix Mix IV Diamino/Carbon Clean Up Mix Mix V Diamino/Carbon Clean Up Mix Mix VI Diamino/C18 ec Clean Up Mix 0.15 g CHROMABOND Diamino with 0.9 g MgSO4 0.15 g CHROMABOND Diamino with 0.9 g MgSO4 and 15 mg Carbon

15 ml 15 ml 15 ml 15 ml

50 50 50 50

0.15 g CHROMABOND Diamino with 0.9 g MgSO4 and 45 mg Carbon 0.15 g CHROMABOND Diamino with 0.9 g MgSO4 and 150 mg C18 ec

CHROMABOND Diamino Polypropylene SPE Cartridges


Cat. #
730561 730562 Diamino Adsorbent Diamino Adsorbent

Description

Weight
200 mg 500 mg

Size
3 ml 6 ml

Qty/pkg
50 30

CHROMABOND Diamino Adsorbents


Cat. #
730653.20 730653 Diamino Adsorbent Diamino Adsorbent

Description

Qty/pkg
20 g 100 g

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

43 www.sorbtech.com

SPE

Cat. #

Description

Composition

Volume

Qty/pkg

CHROMABOND - Vacuum Manifold for 12 columns


For simultaneous preparation of up to 12, 16 or 24 sample. Replacement parts and accessories for special applications 1. Rectangular glass cabinet; 2 sizes available: small for up to 12 CHROMABOND columns or CHROMAFIX cartridges; large for up to 16 CHROMABOND LV columns or up to 24 CHROMABOND columns or CHROMAFIX cartridges (depending on lid) 2. Polypropylene lid 3. Vacuum gauge for pressure reading 4. Control valve for adjustment of vacuum 5. Replaceable valves for vacuum control of individual SPE columns 6. Variable rack with exchangeable partitions, which accept a wide variety of vessels like test tubes, measuring flasks, scintillation vials, autosampler vials, plastic vials etc. 7. CHROMABOND LV columns with 15 mL sample reservoir for medium size samples 8. Polypropylene sample reservoir (30 or 70 mL available) 9. Adapter for sample reservoirs 10. CHROMABOND tubing adapters

Protection From Cross Contamination


For special applications, which require maximum protection from cross contamination we supply chrome-plated brass valves and stainless steel or PTFE connectors, the application of which is shown below. These special connectors are fitted through the lid; thus the sample only has contact with the inert connector and can flow directly into the receptacle.

SPE Column with frits and solid phase Luer fitting, female Lid of vacuum manifold with bore Luer fitting, male Connector
SPE

Stainless steel needle

Drying Attachment
If the eluate has to be evaporated, this can be performed with the so-called drying attachment (11, see below). This special lid has a gas connector on one side (12), from which the gas is fed simultaneously to the 12 or 24 stations (13). Thus 12 or 24 eluates can be evaporated simultaneously by just changing the lid and applying a stream of inert gas, e.g., nitrogen.

44 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

CHROMABOND Vacuum Manifolds - Complete


Cat. #
730150 730360 730151

Description
Vacuum Manifold Complete for up to 12 columns or cartridges (including PP tank) Vacuum Manifold Complete for up to 16 LV columns Vacuum Manifold Complete for up to 24 columns or cartridges

Qty/pkg
1 1 1

CHROMABOND Vacuum Manifolds - Glass Cabinets without Accessories


Cat. #
730173 730174

Description
Glass Cabinets without Accessories for 12 Columns Glass Cabinets without Accessories for 16 LV or 24 Columns

Qty/pkg
1 1

CHROMABOND Vacuum Manifolds - Lids with Gaskets


Cat. #
730175 730365 730176 730177 730178

Description
Lids with Gaskets for 12 columns (including Luer fittings and values) Lids with Gaskets for 16 LV columns (including Luer fittings and values) Lids with Gaskets for 24 columns (including Luer fittings and values) Gaskets for Lids, for 12 columns Gaskets for Lids, for 24 columns

Qty/pkg
1 1 1 2 2

CHROMABOND General Accessories for Vacuum Manifolds


Cat. #
730194 730183.12 730184.12 730185 730152 730154 730233 730179 Luer Stoppers for Vacuum Manifold, Blue Luer Fittings for Lid, Female Luer Fittings for Lid, Male Valves, Plastic Stainless Steel Needles Polyproylene Needles PP tanks for Vacuum Manifold for 12 Columns (Not Available for 16 or 24 Position Manifolds) Vacuum Gauge, Complete with Accessories

Description

Qty/pkg
12 12 12 12 12 12 2 1

CHROMABOND Drying Attachments and Collection Racks - For Evaporation of Eluates


Cat. #
730187 730188 730157 730366 730153 Dry Attachments for 12 Columns Dry Attachments for 24 Columns Collecting Rack for 12 Columns Collecting Rack for 16 LV Columns Collecting Rack for 24 Columns

Description

Qty/pkg
1 1 1 1
SPE

CHROMABOND Product for Protection from Cross Contamination


Cat. #
730189.1 730189.12 730106 730564 730563 Valve Brass Tarnish Valves, as Above Stainless Steel Connectors PTFE Connectors PTFE Connectors with Valve

Description

Qty/pkg
1 12 12 12 12

CHROMABOND Tubing Adaptors for Application of Large Sample Volumes


Cat. #
730387 730243 730386

Description
Tubing Adaptors for Application of Large Sample Volumes For 1, 3, and 6 mL Glass Columns Tubing Adaptors for Application of Large Sample Volumes For 1, 3, and 6 mL Polypropylene Columns Tubing Adaptors for Application of Large Sample Volumes For 15, 45, and 70 mL Polypropylene Columns

Qty/pkg
4 4 4

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

45 www.sorbtech.com

SPE Cartridges - Jordi

Jordi brings you the highest quality 100% divinylbenzene (DVB) cartridges available. These resins are designed with a 10 m average particle size compared to the typical 40 m of leading brands. This smaller particle size provides extremely high retention efficiency and higher capacity. Jordi cartridges offer a significantly larger useful surface area while maintaining excellent flow characteristics. Jordi offers the broadest range of polymer-based surface chemistries on the market, addressing aqueous, organic and ion exchange sample preparation. Jordi resins are made from 100% divinylbenzene, making them more retentive than standard PS-DVB packings. This makes Jordi Hydroclean SPE one of the most retentive phases available, providing increased analyte recoveries. Jordi Quality Assurance All Jordi SPE products are manufactured with the highest quality DVB and checked by stringent standards. Quality control for all of Jordis materials include: Particle Size - Electrozone sensing analysis of particle size distribution Particle Shape - Light microscopy analysis of particle shape and size Surface area and Porosity - Nitrogen adsorption Chromatographic performance - Column chromatography Purity - Mass spectroscopy (MS)

Advantages of Polymeric SPE

Outstanding recovery due to the highly retentive nature of polymeric phases Absence of leachables from the polymeric media since there is no bonded phase Lack of residual silanol groups Incredible ruggedness of polymeric supports allows wide pH and solvent compatibility Improved batch to batch reproducibility Higher capacity for improved detection limits and reduced resin volumes

Hydroclean RP
SPE

Localized hydrophobic/hydrophilic balance for optimal analyte/resin contact and retention Patent pending polyamide stationary phase allows for NP and RP separations in 100% water or 100% organic solvent Exhibits improved wettability even after drying

Hydroclean SCX

Sulfonated stationary phase allows for cation exchange separations 100% DVB supports promote increased durability, excellent flow properties and stability throughout the entire pH scale SCX exhibits excellent wettability even after drying due to hydrophilic/hydrophobic balance

Hydroclean SAX

Quaternary amine phase allows for anion exchange separations Features 100% DVB supports, for enhanced retention characteristics SAX exhibits excellent wettability even after drying due to hydrophilic/hydrophobic balance

Hydroclean RP DVB

100% Divinylbenzene phase Features enhanced retention over styrene/DVB phases DVB the phase of choice for highest retention

46 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Melamine with Milk

Plasticizers and UV Screens

Detection Method Packing: Jordi Gel DVB 500 Column: 4.6 mm x 150 mm Cat. #: 16502 Mobile Phase: 10/20/30/40 MeOH/CAN/THF/H2O Flow Rate: 1 ml/min Detection: UV238nm Analyte: Melamine Conc.: 1 mg/ml Recovery: 93.1 %

Procedure
Product: Cat. #: Cartridge Prep: Sample Loading: Wash: Elution: Matrix: HRP-SCX 200 mg 6 ml 500SPE-006-00200 Solvent 1 Methanol (3 ml) Solvent 3 Hydrochloric Acid (3 ml, 0.1 M) 4 ml of total solution Wash 1 Hydrochloric Acid (3 ml, 0.1M) Wash 2 (75/25) Methanol / Hydrochloric Acid (0.1M) (3 ml) Dry Step 10 mm Mercury (~ 5 min.) (95:5) Methanol / NH4OH (3 ml) Milk diluted 3:1 with 0.1M HCl Melamine at 0.25 mg/ml

Procedure
Product: Sample Loading: Wash: Elution: HRP 200 mg 6 ml Cat. #: 530SPE-006-00200 The solution was completely loaded and was allowed to pull to dryness Wash Solvent 1 Methanol (2 ml) Wash Solvent 2 (75/25) Water Methanol (3 ml) 2 ml Methanol

Analytes
Triethylcitrate Diethylphthalate Dioctylphthalate 6-Undecanone Hexadecanol

ppm(1/25 dilution)
35 30 26 29 34 33

% Recovery
98 106 100 102 109 79

Jordi SPE Cartridges


Cat. #
500SPE-001-00030 500SPE-003-00060 500SPE-006-00200 500SPE-961-00030 510SPE-001-00030 510SPE-003-00060 510SPE-006-00200 510SPE-961-00030 530SPE-001-00030 530SPE-003-00060 530SPE-006-00200 530SPE-961-00030 580SPE-001-00030 580SPE-003-00060 580SPE-006-00200 580SPE-961-00030

Padimate O

Description
Hydroclean SCX Hydroclean SCX Hydroclean SCX Hydroclean SCX - 96 Well Hydroclean RP DVB Hydroclean RP DVB Hydroclean RP DVB Hydroclean RP DVB - 96 Well Hydroclean RP Hydroclean RP Hydroclean RP Hydroclean RP - 96 Well Hydroclean SAX Hydroclean SAX Hydroclean SAX Hydroclean SAX - 96 Well

Pore Size
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

Part. Size
25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m 25-35 m

Size
1 ml 3 ml 6 ml 1 ml 1 ml 3 ml 6 ml 1 ml 1 ml 3 ml 6 ml 1 ml 1 ml 3 ml 6 ml 1 ml

Bed Weight
30 mg 60 mg 200 mg 30 mg 30 mg 60 mg 200 mg 30 mg 30 mg 60 mg 200 mg 30 mg 30 mg 60 mg 200 mg 30 mg

Qty/pkg
100 30 1 100 100 30 1 100 100 30 1 100 100 30 1
SPE

100

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist Sorbent Technologies, Inc. 47 www.sorbtech.com

TLC Plates
Thin Layer Chromatography
Sorbent Technologies offers the highest performance and widest selection of TLC plates on glass, plastic, and aluminum supports. Analytical and preparative layers with different sorbent coatings: silica gel, alumina, cellulose, bonded phases, polyamide, chiral, and more are available. TLC plates are available in a wide array of sizes from 20 x 20 cm to 2.5 x 7.5 cm with or without UV254 indicator. HPTLC plates provide higher performance and better resolution. Inquire about custom plates. We also carry TLC accessories.

Quality
Our TLC plates are guaranteed by stringent production control including standardized lot tests, surface checks for roughness or cracks as well as hardness and adherence checks. Plates and sheets are immediately ready for chromatographic separation and require no coatings or impregnations. TLC layers are smooth, homogenous and well-adhering to produce reproducible quantitative evaluations.

TLC/HPTLC Advantages:
High sample throughput in a short time Suitable for screening tests Pilot Procedure for HPLC and flash chromatography After separation the analytical information can be stored for a longer period of time (the TLC plate acts as a storage medium for data) Separated substances can be subjected to subsequent analytical procedures (e.g. IR, MS) at a later date. Rapid and cost effective optimization of the separation due to easy change of mobile and stationary phase.

TLC Plate and Sheet Characteristics:


Classical Adsorbents - for ~80% of all TLC separations silica 60 (mean pore diameter of 60 = 6 nm) is used. Other classical adsorbents are aluminium oxide, cellulose, diatomaceous earth, ion exchangers and polyamide. Special Phases - reversed phases, mainly C18 (octadecyl) modified silica, but also cyano-, amino-, diol and C2 modified silica are available. Special layers for specific separations, like our Chiral TLC plate for enantiometer separation complete the versatile range of TLC plates. Particle Size Distribution and Thickness of Layer Particle size distribution and thickness of layer are chosen to fit the given type of application (e.g. HPTLC, standard or preventative separations). Most ready-to-use layers are available with or without fluorescent indicator.

TLC Plates Conditioning and Cutting


Standardization
The following conditioning procedure allows proper standardization of TLC plate performance for reproducibility from chemist to chemist and plate to plate. 1. Pre-wash your plate to remove impurities: this will result in a more reproducible separation and purer extracted components. a. General pre-washing: use methanol or methanol/chloroform (1:1). Develop overnight to top of plate. Let air dry in a ventilation hood. b. Extraction pre-washing: use the solvent system that you are going to use for the extraction of the fractions after separation. c. Develop overnight to top of plate. Let air dry in a ventilation hood. 2. Activation strengthens the layer and increases reproducibility. d. Dry in a vacuum oven at 110 C for an hour e. Let the plates cool under vacuum until room temperature f. Store in a desiccator until use

TLC

Cutting Tips
Flexible Plastic and Aluminum Backed Plates:
1. Keep your plates as dry as possible, storing in a desiccator if possible (if not in a desiccator, keep the box closed at all times). 2. Using very sharp scissors, cut at a 45 angle leaning to the outside (therefore, if you are right handed, the cut should lean to the right and from the back)

Glass Backed Plates:


1. Buy the Sorbtech TLC Plate Glass Cutter (Cat.# TLC-Cutter) to enable you to optimize plate cutting for analytical and prep TLC plates. This will save both time and money from material waste and labor.

48 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Extra Hard Layers - Silica XHL TLC


Silica Gel Extra Hard Layer (XHL) plates feature a newly developed binder system, resulting in an outstanding hardness of the silica layer. Due to its excellent abrasion resistance, the formation of dust on the surface of XHL Silica is minimized. Several advantages of the Silica XHL TLC: The plate can be easily labeled with a lead pencil for clear identification. The high abrasion resistance prevents undesired changes or damage to the layer (thickness) during transportation or handling. A dust-free plate allows convenient handling and avoids crosscontamination of the TLC chamber. The UV indicator of the XHL Silica features an increased detection sensitivity. The increased sensitivity allows for successful applications in trace analysis. Compared to Hard Layer (HL) and Soft Layer (SL) Silica plates, Extra Hard Layer (XHL) Silica demonstrates improved separation efficiency, since the particle size distribution of the silica was optimized. The selectivity of XHL Silica is different compared to HL and SL Silica. Thus the chromatographer now can choose from 3 different types of Silica plates (XHL, HL, and SL) in order to optimize a given chromatographic experiment.

Cat. #
4115026 4115056 4115067 4115126 4115126PS 4115137 4115137PS 4115148 4115156 4115167 4115198 4214137 4214156 4214178

Layer
Silica XHL Silica XHL Silica XHL Silica XHL Silica XHL -Pre-Scored Silica XHL Silica XHL -Pre-Scored Silica XHL Silica XHL Silica XHL Silica XHL Nano-Silica XHL Nano-Silica XHL Nano-Silica XHL

Backing
glass glass glass glass glass glass glass glass glass glass glass glass glass glass

Thickness
250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 200 m 200 m 200 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254

Size (cm)
5 x 10 10 x 10 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 10 x 20 10 x 20 5 x 20 10 x 10 5 x 10 2.5 x 7.5 10 x 20 10 x 10 5x5

Qty/pkg
50 25 25 25 50 50 100 25 50 100 50 25 100
TLC

25

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist Sorbent Technologies, Inc. 49 www.sorbtech.com

Hard Layers - Silica HL TLC


Silica Hard Layer (HL) is a family of pre-coated glass plates with unmodified silica. It is available in two types as Silica Hard Layer for TLC and Silica Hard Layer for HPTLC. Silica Hard Layer plates differ from the well-known Silica Soft Layer TLC and HPTLC by a special binder system, resulting in the formation of hard, water-resistant and wettable layers with outstanding separation properties and consistent reproducibility from lot to lot. Like our proven Silica Soft Layer TLC plates, HL TLC Plates are coated with unmodified silica 60 . They are available with or without fluorescent indicator (green fluorescence, 254 nm). If one compares the performance of the HL TLC plates with the conventional Silica Soft Layer TLC plates for the separation of anthraquinone dyes, one observes a similar selectivity, but with different Rf values. A closer observation reveals the slight differences in selectivity for the different layers. For a normal phase separation of anthraquinone dyes, HL TLC and Silica Soft Layer TLC plates behave quite similarly. Under reversed phase conditions, the different characteristics of the two plates become obvious. While the Silica Soft Layer TLC Plate shows some reversed phase properties due to the still lower polarity of the binder system, HL TLC is a true normal phase TLC plate.

Cat. #
2115126 2115137 2115148 2115169 2115167 2115026 2115048 2115037 2115067

Layer
Silica HL Silica HL Silica HL Silica HL Silica HL Silica HL Silica HL Silica HL Silica HL

Backing
glass glass glass glass glass glass glass glass glass

Thickness
250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 -

Size (cm)
20 x 20 10 x 20 5 x 20 5 x 10 5 x 10 20 x 20 5 x 20 10 x 20 5 x 10

Qty/pkg
25 50 100 200 50 25 100 50 50

Soft Layers - Silica XG TLC


Silica XG layers have a newly developed binding agent that makes it adhere to the aluminum substrate more strongly than the Silica G layers. This equates to less flaking of the coating. For these TLC plates a silica gel with a 60 mean pore diameter, a 500 m2/g specific surface area, a 0.75 ml/g specific pore volume, and a particle size of 5-17 m is used. Fluorescent indicator (UV254) and pre-cut sizes are available. Silica XG: This is a soft layer plate that contains Gypsum.

TLC

Cat. #
4434126 4434135 4434147 4434167 44341C5 4434187 4434026 4434047 4434067 44340C5

Layer
Silica XG Silica XG Silica XG Silica XG Silica XG Silica XG Silica XG Silica XG Silica XG Silica XG

Backing
aluminum aluminum aluminum aluminum aluminum aluminum aluminum aluminum aluminum aluminum

Thickness
200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 -

Size (cm)
20 x 20 10 x 20 5 x 20 5 x 10 5 x 7.5 4x8 20 x 20 5 x 20 5 x 10 5 x 7.5

Qty/pkg
25 20 50 50 20 50 25 50 50 20

50 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Soft Layers - Silica G TLC


Silica Gel, 60 , 5 - 17 m Analytical and Preparative Layers (slightly larger particles are used) Indicator: UV254 - manganese activated zinc silicate with green fluorescence Polymeric binder which is stable in almost all organic solvents and resistant towards aggressive visualization reagents Binder for polyester backed plates is completely stable in purely aqueous eluents.

Analysis of Edible Fats Plate: Silica G, w/UV254, polyester backed, 200 m, 20 x 20 cm, 25/pk Phase: Silica G Catalog #: 1624126 Substances: cholesterol triglycerides cholesterol ester Information: be used without further treatment. Conditions: Eluents: Dichloromethane-toluene 5:2 (v/v) Sample Volume: 0.5 l Migration Distance: 6 cm Detection: Spray with a ethanolic solution of molybdatophosphoric acid, then dry with hot air. Heat the sheet with a hot air gun for 3-4 min.

Separation of Anthraquinone Dyes Layers: a) Silica G w/UV254 Eluent: a) Normal Phase TLC: toluene/cylcohexane (2:1. v/v) b) Reversed Phase TLC: acetone/water (1:1. v/v) Migration Distance: a) 4.8 cm in 8 min b) 3.8 cm in 10 min Detection: TLC scanner, UV 254 nm Peaks: 1. Blue 2. Violet 2 3. Blue 1 4. Secondary Spot of Blue

Compounds Rf Cholesterol 0.16 Triglycerides 0.54-0.66 Cholesterol esters 0.95

Legend:

Cat. #
1624126 1624147 1624187 1624199 1634126 1634147 1634187 1634199 1615026 1615126 1615148 1615167 1615190 1616125 1617124 1618123

Layer
Silica G Silica G Silica G Silica G Silica G Silica G Silica G Silica G Silica G Silica G Silica G Silica G Silica G Silica G-Prep Silica G-Prep Silica G-Prep

Backing
polyester polyester polyester polyester aluminum aluminum aluminum aluminum glass glass glass glass glass glass glass glass

Thickness
200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 500 m 1000 m 2000 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254

Size (cm)
20 x 20 5 x 20 4x8 2.5 x 7.5 20 x 20 5 x 20 4x8 2.5 x 7.5 20 x 20 20 x 20 5 x 20 5 x 10 2.5 x 7.5 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20

Qty/pkg
25 50 50 200 25 50 200 25 25 100 50 500 20 15 12
TLC

50

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist Sorbent Technologies, Inc. 51 www.sorbtech.com

Soft Layers - Silica Concentrating Zone TLC Plates


The concentrating zone serves as a quick application zone, which allows quantitative evaluation of chromatograms, even if samples have been applied with an unsteady hand. Since careful sample application is time-consuming or requires special equipment, silica plates with concentrating zone are real time-savers. This includes economy in preparation time because of a reduction in evaporation time: larger volumes of dilute solutions can be applied instead of smaller quantities of concentrated solutions. This is often of advantage especially in biochemical investigations.

Cat. #
2315126 2315137 2315026 2315037

Layer
Silgur (Silica 60 w/ Diatomaceous earth zone) Silgur (Silica 60 w/ Diatomaceous earth zone) Silgur (Silica 60 w/ Diatomaceous earth zone) Silgur (Silica 60 w/ Diatomaceous earth zone)

Backing
glass glass glass glass

Thickness
250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254 -

Size (cm)
20 x 20 10 x 20 20 x 20 10 x 20

Qty/pkg
25 50 25 50

Cellulose - Cellulose Layers for TLC Plates


Cellulose 300
Properties: Fibre length (95 %) 2 20 m, average degree of polymerisation 400 500, specific surface acc. to Blaine 15000 cm2/g 20 ppm Fe, 6 ppm Cu, 7 ppm P; CH2Cl2 extract 0.25 %; residue on ignition at 850 C 1500 ppm Application: Partition chromatography of polar substances such as amino acids, carboxylic acids or carbohydrates

Cat. #
0314026 0314126 0315026 0315126 0322126 0332126

Layer
Cellulose 300 Cellulose 300 Cellulose 300 Cellulose 300 Cellulose 300 Cellulose 300

Backing
glass glass glass glass polyester aluminum

Thickness
0.10 mm 0.10 mm 0.25 mm 0.25 mm 0.25 mm 0.25 mm

Indicator
UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254

Size (cm)
20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20

Qty/pkg
25 25 25 25 25 25

Cellulose 300 PEI


Properties: Fibrous cellulose impregnated with polyethyleneimine Application: Analysis of nucleic acids, and of mutagenic substances with the 32P post labelling procedure (see application 402260 at www.sorbtech.com)

Cat. #
1122026 1122126
TLC

Layer
Cellulose 300 PEI Cellulose 300 PEI

Backing
polyester polyester

Thickness
0.10 mm 0.10 mm

Indicator
UV254

Size (cm)
20 x 20 20 x 20

Qty/pkg
25 25

Cellulose 400
Properties: Prepared: by hydrolysis of high purity cellulose with HCL; mean degree of polymerization 40-200 Application: Carboxylic acids, lower acids, lower alcohols, urea and purine derivatives

Cat. #
0412126 0422126

Layer
Cellulose 400 Cellulose 400

Backing
glass polyester

Thickness
0.10 mm 0.10 mm

Indicator
UV254 UV254

Size (cm)
20 x 20 20 x 20

Qty/pkg
25 25

52 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

C18-W Silica TLC


Base material: Silica Gel, 60 , mean particle size 9 m, pH stability 2 - 10 Indicator: UV254 - Acid-resistant product with a pale blue fluorescence; UV-absorbing substances appear as dark-blue to black spots on a lightblue background Partial octadecyl (C18) modification, wettable with water, carbon content 14% Normal phase or reversed phase separation modes with eluents from anhydrous solvents to mixtures with high concentrations of water Recommended applications: aminophenols, barbiturates, preservatives, nucleobases, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, steroids, tetracyclines, plasticizers (phthalates)

Cat. #
2715126 2715137 2715147 2715156 2717124 2733126 2733147 2733156 2733167 2733187

Layer
C18-W Silica C18-W Silica C18-W Silica C18-W Silica C18-W Silica-Prep C18-W Silica C18-W Silica C18-W Silica C18-W Silica C18-W Silica

Backing
glass glass glass glass glass aluminum aluminum aluminum aluminum aluminum

Thickness
250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 1000 m 150 m 150 m 150 m 150 m 150 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254

Size (cm)
20 x 20 10 x 20 5 x 20 10 x 10 20 x 20 20 x 20 5 x 20 10 x 10 5 x 10 4x8

Qty/pkg
25 50 50 25 15 25 50 25 50 50

Separation of Salicyl Derivatives Layer: C18 w/UV254 Sample Volume: 250 nl Eluent: methanol/1 N acetic acid (25:75, v/v) Migration distance: 9 cm in 30 min Detection: TLC scanner, UV254 nm Peaks: 1. Salicyluric acid (1.0%) 2. Acetylsalicylic acid (1.0%) 3. Salicyluric acid (0.4%)

Separation of Steroids Layers: C2 w/UV 254 Eluent: dichloromethane/methanol (98.5:1.5) Detection: TLC scanner, UV254 nm Peaks: 1. Cortisone 2. Corticosterone 3. Testosterone 4. Deoxycorticosterone 5. Progesterone

Base material: Silica Gel, 60 , particle size 5 - 17 m, pH stability 2 - 10 Indicator: UV254 - Acid-resistant product with a pale blue fluorescence; UV-absorbing substances appear as dark-blue to black spots on a lightblue background Silanized silica with dimethyl modification, carbon content 4% Recommended applications: active plant constituents, steroids

Cat. #
2815126 0314126 0315026 0315126 C2 Silica C2 Silica C2 Silica C2 Silica

Layer

Backing
glass glass aluminum aluminum

Thickness
250 m 250 m 150 m 150 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254

Size (cm)
20 x 20 10 x 10 20 x 20 4x8

Qty/pkg
25 25 25 50

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist Sorbent Technologies, Inc. 53 www.sorbtech.com

TLC

C2 Silica TLC

Cyano Nano-Silica HPTLC


Base material: Silica Gel, 60 , particle size 2 - 10 m, pH stability 2 - 8 Indicator: UV254 - Acid-resistant product with a pale blue fluorescence; UV-absorbing substances appear as dark-blue to black spots on a lightblue background Cyanopropyl modification, carbon content 5.5% Normal phase or reversed phase separation modes depending on the polarity of the developing solvent Recommended applications: steroid hormones, phenols, preservatives

Cat. #
3114126 3114136 3114156 3133126 3133187

Layer
Cyano Nano-Silica Cyano Nano-Silica Cyano Nano-Silica Cyano Nano-Silica Cyano Nano-Silica

Backing
glass glass glass aluminum aluminum

Thickness
200 m 200 m 200 m 150 m 150 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254

Size (cm)
20 x 20 10 x 20 10 x 10 20 x 20 4x8

Qty/pkg
25 25 25 25 50

Separation of preservatives Layer: Cyano w/UVA254 Sample Volume: 400 nl Eluent: ethanol/water/glacial acetic acid 20:80:0.2 with 0.1 mol/l tetraethylammonium chloride Migration distance: 7.3 cm in 30 min Detection: TLC scanner, UV254 nm Peaks: 1. Propyl p-hydroxybenzoate 2. Ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate 3. Methyl p-hydroxybenzoate 4. Benzoic acid 5. Sorbic acid

Separation of preservatives Layer: Amino w/UVA254 Sample Volume: 500 nl Eluent: ethyl acetate/pyridine/water/ glacial acetic acid (60:30:10:5, v/v/v/v) Migration distance: 8 cm in 45 min, double development Detection: dry layer at 160 C for 5 min, TLC scanner, UV254 nm Peaks (0.1% each): 1. Lactose 2. Saccharose 3. Galactose 4. Glucose 5. Fructose 6. Arabinose 7. Xylose 8. Ribose

TLC

Amino Nano-Silica HPTLC


Base material: Silica Gel, 60 , particle size 2 - 10 m, pH stability 2 - 8 Indicator: UV254 - Acid-resistant product with a pale blue fluorescence; UV-absorbing substances appear as dark-blue to black spots on a lightblue background Aminopropyl modification, carbon content 3.5% Layer can be wetted equally well by pure water as by organic solvents Recommended applications: vitamins, sugars, steroids, purine derivatives, xanthines, phenols, nucleotides and pesticides

Cat. #
3014136 3014156 3033187

Layer
Amino Nano-Silica Amino Nano-Silica Amino Nano-Silica

Backing
glass glass aluminum

Thickness
200 m 200 m 200 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254 UV254

Size (cm)
10 x 20 10 x 10 4x8

Qty/pkg
25 25 50

54 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Diol Nano-Silica HPTLC


Base material: Silica Gel, 60 , particle size 2 - 10 m, pH stability 2 - 8 Indicator: UV254 - Acid-resistant product with a pale blue fluorescence; UV-absorbing substances appear as dark-blue to black spots on a lightblue background Diol modification, carbon content 5.5% Layer can be wetted equally well by pure water as by organic solvents Recommended applications: steroids, pesticides and plant constituents; for more critical separations an alternative to silica, since it is less sensitive to water content in the environment; leads to more reproducible results compared to silica

Cat. #
2914156 2933187

Layer
Diol Nano-Silica Diol Nano-Silica

Backing
glass aluminum

Thickness
200 m 150 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254

Size (cm)
10 x 10 4x8

Qty/pkg
25 50

Separation of pesticides Layer: Diol w/UVA254 Sample Volume: 2 l Eluent: petroleum ether (40 - 60 C)/ acetone (80 +20, v/v) Migration distance: 7 cm Detection: TLC scanner, 238 nm Peaks (0.07% each in MeOH): 1. Metoxuron 2. Monuron 3. Metobromuron

Separation of lipophilic dyes Layer: Alumina w/UVA254 Sample Volume: 1000 nl Eluent: toluene/cyclohexane (2:1,v/v) Migration distance: 10.8 cm in 15 min Detection: TLC scanner, 238 nm Peaks: 1. Indophenol 2. Sudan red G 3. Sudan blue II 4. Butter yellow

Alumina TLC
Aluminum oxide Indicator: UV254 - manganese activated zinc silicate with green fluorescence Recommended applications: terpenes, alkaloids, steroids, aliphatic and aromatic compounds We recommend heating the plates for 10 min. at 120 C before usage to activate the alumina layer.

Cat. #
0115126 0115148 0117134 0224126 0224147 0224187 0224199 0234126 0234147

Layer
Alumina Alumina Alumina-Prep Alumina Alumina Alumina Alumina Alumina Alumina

Backing
glass glass glass polyester polyester polyester polyester aluminum aluminum

Thickness
250 m 250 m 1000 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254

Size (cm)
20 x 20 5 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 5 x 20 4x8 2.5 x 7.5 20 x 20 5 x 20

Qty/pkg
25 100 15 25 50 50 200 25 50

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist Sorbent Technologies, Inc. 55 www.sorbtech.com

TLC

Chiral TLC
Sorbtech offers TLC Chiral plates: reverse phase silica gel impregnated with a chrial selector and copper ions. This allows for multiple simultaneous separations an ideal plate for routine applications and production control. The separation of optically active isomers is based on ligand exchange. The chrial selector on the plate and the enantiomers to be separated form diastereomeric mixed chelate complexes with the transition metal ion. Complexes for the different antipodes have different stabilities thus achieving chromatographic separation. Quantitative determination (remission location curves) of TLC-separated enantiomers of tert.-leucine: Layer: CHIRAL TLC Eluent: methanol water (10:80, v/v) Detection: dip in 0.3% ninhydrin solution quantification with scanner, 520 nm a) L-tert.-leucine, b) L-tert.-leucine + 0.1% D-tert.-leucine, c) L-tert.-leucine + 1 % D-tert.-leucine, d) external reference sample

Cat. #
3415126 3415136 3415131 3415147 3415156 Chiral Chiral Chiral Chiral Chiral

Layer

Backing
glass glass glass glass glass

Thickness
250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 250 m

Indicator
UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254 UV254

Size (cm)
20 x 20 10 x 20 10 x 20 5 x 20 10 x 10

Qty/pkg
25 25 4 50 25

TLC Accessories
Developing Chamber Glass Capillaries TLC Spotting Guide

Cat.# 814019

Cat.# 814022

Cat.# 814023

TLC

Every lab needs a TLC Glass Plate Cutter


Save Time
Just score and snap off High quality carbide scriber is mounted into a movable plastic head for optimal, one-finger scoring Virtually maintenance-free, a standard screwdriver disassembles cutter for easy cleaning and care

Save Money

No need to share experiments in the classroom Use only what you need, small runs are now cost effective Benefit from bulk purchases then select your size

Cat.# TLC-Cutter

56 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Flash Cartridges
NEW! Introducing Sorbtech Purity Flash Cartridges
Purity Flash Cartridges offer the best speed, resolution, and greater loading capacity. These rugged cartridges have increased durability to withstand higher pressures (up to 300 psi). Packed with Premium RF Silica Gel (available for Flash 40-75 m and MPLC 20-45 m granular and spherical), Purity Flash Cartridges offer tighter particle distribution and minimal fines, keeping back pressure low. The cartridges are compatible with the Sorbtech EZ Flash System, Teledyne Isco, Biotage, Agilent Technologies, Interchim, and Grace Discovery Sciences systems.

Purity Flash Cartridges Granular (40-75 m)


Packed with Premium RF Silica Gel Narrow particle distribution: 40-75 m Small pore volume: Higher bulk density. Narrow pore size distribution: Minimum small pores. Purity: 99.95% SiO2 Superior Packing Technique Uniform packed bed reducing channeling Higher resolution and sharper peaks Standard Luer-Lock end fittings Easy connection to commercially available flash systems Inventive cartridge design. Versatile Leak-Free Spin-welded allowing higher pressure up to 300 psi Polypropylene (PP) cartridge material 100% compatible with Biotage, Teledyne Isco, and Agilent Flash Systems

Cat. #
CFC-52500-004-20 CFC-52500-012-18 CFC-52500-025-12 CFC-52500-040-12 CFC-52500-080-10 CFC-52500-120-10 CFC-52500-220-6 CFC-52500-330-5

Column Size
4g 12 g 25 g 40 g 80 g 120 g 220 g 330 g

(O.D. x L)
17.2 x 113.8 27.8 x 134.8 28.0 x 184.0 34.2 x 184.4 39.0 x 257.4 48.0 x 261.5 71.4 x 223.5 71.6 x 280.2

(I.D. x Media Bed)


12.4 x 56.0 21.4 x 73.0 21.4 x 123.5 26.7 x 117.6 31.2 x 185.0 38.6 x 189.0 61.4 x 139.5 61.4 x 199.2

Sample Load
4 mg - 0.4 g 12 mg - 1.2 g 25 mg - 2.5 g 40 mg - 4.0 g 80 mg - 8.0 g 120 mg - 12 g 220 mg - 22 g 330 mg - 33 g

Qty/pkg
20 18 12 12 10 10 6 5

Cat. #
CFC-52500-004-20 CFC-52500-012-18 CFC-52500-025-12 CFC-52500-040-12 CFC-52500-080-10 CFC-52500-120-10 CFC-52500-220-6 CFC-52500-330-5

Flow Rate
15-40 ml/min 30-60 ml/min 30-60 ml/min 40-70 ml/min 50-100 ml/min 60-150 ml/min 80-220 ml/min 80-220 ml/min

Max. Pressure
300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 250 psi (17 Bar) 250 psi (17 Bar)

Column Volume
5 ml 19 ml 32 ml 48 ml 108 ml 160 ml 303 ml 420 ml

Column Vol.(unfilled but w/ two frits)


6.8 26.2 44.4 65.8 141.1 221.1 412.8 589.5

Cartridge Material
Flash Cartridges

PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

57 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.


Purity Flash Cartridges Granular (20-45 m)
Packed with Premium RF Silica Gel Narrow particle distribution: 20-45 m Small pore volume: Higher bulk density. Narrow pore size distribution: Minimum small pores. Purity: 99.95% SiO2 Superior Packing Technique Uniform packed bed reducing channeling Higher resolution and sharper peaks Standard Luer-Lock end fittings Easy connection to commercially available flash systems Inventive cartridge design Versatile Leak-Free Spin-welded allowing higher pressure up to 300 psi Polypropylene (PP) cartridge material 100% compatible with Biotage, Teledyne Isco, and Agilent Flash Systems

Cat. #
CFC-52300-004-20 CFC-52300-012-18 CFC-52300-025-12 CFC-52300-040-12 CFC-52300-080-10 CFC-52300-120-10 CFC-52300-220-6 CFC-52300-330-5

Column Size
4g 12 g 25 g 40 g 80 g 120 g 220 g 330 g

(O.D. x L)
17.2 x 113.8 27.8 x 134.8 28.0 x 184.0 34.2 x 184.4 39.0 x 257.4 48.0 x 261.5 71.4 x 223.5 71.6 x 280.2

(I.D. x Media Bed)


12.4 x 56.0 21.4 x 73.0 21.4 x 123.5 26.7 x 117.6 31.2 x 185.0 38.6 x 189.0 61.4 x 139.5 61.4 x 199.2

Sample Load
4 mg - 0.6 g 12 mg - 1.8 g 25 mg - 3.8 g 40 mg - 6.0 g 80 mg - 12 g 120 mg - 18 g 220 mg - 33 g 330 mg - 50 g

Qty/pkg
20 18 12 12 10 10 6 5

Cat. #
CFC-52300-004-20 CFC-52300-012-18 CFC-52300-025-12 CFC-52300-040-12 CFC-52300-080-10 CFC-52300-120-10 CFC-52300-220-6 CFC-52300-330-5
Flash Cartridges

Flow Rate
15-30 ml/min 25-50 ml/min 25-50 ml/min 30-60 ml/min 40-80 ml/min 60-100 ml/min 80-160 ml/min 80-160 ml/min

Max. Pressure
300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 250 psi (17 Bar) 250 psi (17 Bar)

Column Volume
5 ml 19 ml 32 ml 48 ml 108 ml 160 ml 303 ml 420 ml

Column Vol.(unfilled but w/ two frits)


6.8 26.2 44.4 65.8 141.1 221.1 412.8 589.5

Cartridge Material
PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI

58 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.


Tip Cap Luer Inlet Top Inserter Disbursing Unit Top Frit

Purity Flash Cartridges Spherical (20-45 m)


Packed with Premium RF Silica Gel Narrow particle distribution: 20-45 m Small pore volume: Higher bulk density. Narrow pore size distribution: Minimum small pores. Purity: 99.95% SiO2 Superior Packing Technique Uniform packed bed reducing channeling Higher resolution and sharper peaks Standard Luer-Lock end fittings

Correlation RF vs CV
RF
0.95 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.05

CV
1.05 1.10 1.17 1.25 1.33 1.40 1.54 1.65 1.81 2.00 2.22 2.50 2.86 3.33 4.00 5.00 6.67 10.00 20.00

Tube

Easy connection to commercially available flash systems Inventive cartridge design Versatile Leak-Free Spin-welded allowing higher pressure up to 300 psi Polypropylene (PP) cartridge material

Luer Outlet Luer-Lock Adapter Tip

100% compatible with Biotage, Teledyne Isco, and Agilent Flash Systems

Cat. #
CFC-72600-004-20 CFC-72600-012-18 CFC-72600-025-12 CFC-72600-040-12 CFC-72600-080-10 CFC-72600-120-10 CFC-72600-220-6 CFC-72600-330-5

Column Size
4g 12 g 25 g 40 g 80 g 120 g 220 g 330 g

(O.D. x L)
17.2 x 113.8 27.8 x 134.8 28.0 x 184.0 34.2 x 184.4 39.0 x 257.4 48.0 x 261.5 71.4 x 223.5 71.6 x 280.2

(I.D. x Media Bed)


12.4 x 56.0 21.4 x 73.0 21.4 x 123.5 26.7 x 117.6 31.2 x 185.0 38.6 x 189.0 61.4 x 139.5 61.4 x 199.2

Sample Load
4 mg - 0.6 g 12 mg - 1.8 g 25 mg - 3.8 g 40 mg - 6.0 g 80 mg - 12 g 120 mg - 18 g 220 mg - 33 g 330 mg - 50 g

Qty/pkg
20 18 12 12 10 10 6 5

Cat. #
CFC-72600-004-20 CFC-72600-012-18 CFC-72600-025-12 CFC-72600-040-12 CFC-72600-080-10 CFC-72600-120-10 CFC-72600-220-6 CFC-72600-330-5

Flow Rate
15-30 ml/min 25-50 ml/min 25-50 ml/min 30-60 ml/min 40-80 ml/min 60-100 ml/min 80-160 ml/min 80-160 ml/min

Max. Pressure
300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 300 psi (21 Bar) 250 psi (17 Bar) 250 psi (17 Bar)

Column Volume
5 ml 19 ml 32 ml 48 ml 108 ml 160 ml 303 ml 420 ml

Column Vol.(unfilled but w/ two frits)


6.8 26.2 44.4 65.8 141.1 221.1 412.8 589.5

Cartridge Material
Flash Cartridges

PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI PP, USP Class VI

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

59 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.


Sorbtech High Performance Empty EZ Flash Cartridges
Sorbent Technologies EZ Flash Cartridges allow you to easily pack your own flash cartridges with any resin of your choice: silica gel, C18, Amino, Polymeric and more! Cartridges are made of solvent resistant polypropylene. EZ cartridges with female luer/male tip are available in 5 sizes: 8, 25, 80, 170, & 230 ml. This is equivalent to 4, 12, 40, 80, & 120 grams of packed flash grade silica gel. EZ cartridges with female luer/male luer available in 8 sizes: 5, 19, 32, 48, 108, 160, 303, and 420 ml. This is equivalent to 4, 12, 25, 40, 80, 120, 220, and 330 grams of packed flash grade silica.

Cartridges are rated at 150 psi and easily connect to any Flash System with luer connect end fittings.

Luer End Fittings allow for easy connection to any flash system Top & Bottom Frit Included (replacement frits available) Screw Cap allows for easy assembly Pressure Rated to 150 PSI Easy to Pack Standard
female luer

Standard male tip

Standard female luer

Standard male luer

Includes: Top and bottom frit O-ring Dispersing insert Polypropylene (PP) cartridge material Vol.
8 ml 25 ml 80 ml 170 ml 230 ml 5 ml 19 ml 32 ml 48 ml 108 ml 160 ml 303 ml 420 ml

Catalog #
FCST-4-20 FCST-12-20 FCST-40-20 FCST-80-20 FCST-120-16 FCSTLL-4-20 FCSTLL-12-18 FCSTLL-25-12 FCSTLL-40-12 FCSTLL-80-10 FCSTLL-120-10 FCSTLL-220-6 FCSTLL-330-5
Flash Cartridges

Description
Flash Cartridge, Screw Top Flash Cartridge, Screw Top Flash Cartridge, Screw Top Flash Cartridge, Screw Top Flash Cartridge, Screw Top Flash Cartridge, Screw Top, Luer Lock end fittings Flash Cartridge, Screw Top, Luer Lock end fittings Flash Cartridge, Screw Top, Luer Lock end fittings Flash Cartridge, Screw Top, Luer Lock end fittings Flash Cartridge, Screw Top, Luer Lock end fittings Flash Cartridge, Screw Top, Luer Lock end fittings Flash Cartridge, Screw Top, Luer Lock end fittings Flash Cartridge, Screw Top, Luer Lock end fittings

Dimensions (L x I.D.)
77 x 13 mm 97 x 20.25 mm 150 x 24.56 mm 220 x 33.15 mm 246 x 33.55 mm 60 x 12.8 mm 76 x 21.4 mm 126 x 21.6 mm 127 x 26.8 mm 195 x 31.2 mm 207 x 36.6 mm 134 x 60.8 mm 190 x 60.8 mm

Weight*
4g 12 g 40 g 80 g 120 g 4g 12 g 25 g 40 g 80 g 120 g 220 g 330 g

Qty/pkg
20/pk 20/pk 20/pk 20/pk 16/pk 20/pk 18/pk 12/pk 12/pk 10/pk 10/pk 6/pk 5/pk

*Sorbent weight is based on Silica as a reference. Bulk packaging & pricing available. For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist 60 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

EZ Flash System
EZ Flash System (Affordable, Modular Flash System)
The EZ Flash System is an affordable modular Flash system composed of the EZ Mini Flash Pump, an EZ Detector, EZ Fraction Collector and Purity Flash cartridges. Purchase Components as needed! EZ Flash is the perfect, compact, low-cost Flash Purification System that enables you to purify from 10 mg to 60 g of sample in disposable columns. Our Purity Flash cartridges and EZ Flash cartridges, are designed with standard luer connections. One simple connection enables you to realize the benefits of the Purity Flash cartridges and EZ Flash Cartridges, on your EZ Flash, Biotage, Isco, or FlashMaster systems.
Flash System

5 Easy Steps make EZ Flash ideal for method development and purification:
Connect solvent bottle to EZ Flash Isocratic or Gradient Pump Connect Flash column (Purity Flash or EZ Flash) Condition Column with 2 column volumes of solvent Inject your sample Collect fractions

EZ Mini Flash Pump


Sorbent Technologies Isocratic EZ Mini Flash Pump makes flash chromatography easy, more effective and affordable. The EZ MiniFlash pump is HPLC quality, single-head, positivedisplacement (piston) pump that delivers very precise flow rates up to 100 mL/min with max. pressures ranging from 150 250 psi. Allows for step gradients, is compatible with most organic solvents buffers and is externally controllable with an optional fraction collector. EZ Flash Pump has small foot print: 5.0 H x 3.0 W x 10.0 and a flow rate of 0.1 100.0 mL/min. Easily attachable to ring stand. This pump requires the Luer Kit (not included).

EZ Fraction Collector
The EZ Fraction Collector can be adapted to a broad spectrum of applications. The units can distribute fractions into 96 well microplates, standard tube sizes, and bottles. For essentially unlimited volumes, funnel racks can direct fluids to any collection vessel or downstream process.

Standard Features
Collect peaks of interest separately using any combination of slope, level, and time window reliably separates peaks by monitoring detector output, so you dont have to expend glassware on no-interest effluent. Collect uniform fractions by time, drop count, or pumped volume. Stores up to 8 collection methods Choice of 8 available racks (specify when ordering) Built-in Ethernet and RS-232 communication capabilities Faster tube changes Flow rates to 25 mL/minute

Cat.# EZFC1

Cat.# EZFC2

Cat. #
EZ Mini Pump EZFC1 EZFC2 EZ LuerKit Misc.

Description
EZ Flash Isocratic Magnetic Gear Pump (Carbon Graphite), 40 PSI, Solvent Compatible. EZFC1 Fraction Collector with diverter valve. Collect up to 100 ml/min in 1 rack with a maximum of (144) 13 mm tube collection. Includes (1) rack for 13 mm tubes. (Substitution of same-price racks must be specified on purchase order.) EZFC2 Fraction Collector with diverter valve. Collect up to 100 ml/min in 2 racks with a maximum of (288) 13 mm tube collection. Racks with RFID sensors for fast and error free setup. Includes (2) racks for 13 mm tubes. (Substitution of sameprice racks must be specified on purchase order.) EZ Luer Kit for using male/female luer columns. This kit contains tubing with solvent filter for connecting solvent bottle to pump and tubing for connecting pump to cartridge. Contact closure from Pump to Fraction Collector

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

61 www.sorbtech.com

EZ Flash Chromatography Detectors


Sorbtech Flash detectors are indispensable to those engaged in chromatographic separations in aqueous or organic solvents. Sorbtech Flash detectors are highly beneficial to scientists and process engineers who perform organic synthesis, protein and peptide purification and more. Our chromatography monitors allow for the real-time visualization of eluent contents as they pass through the detector. Even at enormous solute concentrations that saturate all other detectors, Sorbtech RD2 and RD4 Flash Detectors allows the user to collect desired fractions calculatingly and with minimum cross-contamination. All of our detectors include unique, time-saving features: Simultaneous measurement of UV absorption at 250 nm and 280 nm wavelengths Chromatogram graphed in real-time on an embedded LCD Data can be exported/transferred to USB storage device Can withstand internal pressures of up to 250 psi Compatible with virtually any fraction collector. UV LED light sources provide over a decade of consistent functioning while eliminating warm-up time Sorbtech detectors are designed by experts with 20 years of practical experience with chromatographic separation. Our detection devices are exceptionally small, light-weight, intuitive, solvent and trauma-resistant and ready-to-use without additional lamps, flow cells, computers, etc. We offer several sizes and variations to meet your unique chromatographic needs.

Flash System

RD4 - EZ Flash Detector


The RD4 detectors are indispensable to anyone engaged in chromatographic separations in aqueous or organic solvents, of samples between 2 mg and 200 g per typical run, using any column type. Scientists and process engineers who accomplish organic synthesis, protein and peptide purification, or any bench or industrialscale chromatographic procedure. The RD4 can also be used as a semi-industrial process controller that reacts to detected elutant composition.

RD4 Features
The only detector for preparative liquid chromatography to feature three simultaneous data acquisition techniques in a single embedded flow cell: Fixed length UV absorption monitoring at 250 and 280 nm Refractive index monitoring at 280 nm Conductivity/Proton mobility monitoring The chromatogram is graphed in real time on an embedded 5.7inch LCD. Data is recorded to an internal, non-volatile (non-powered) memory, and can be transferred to a USB drive in a simple format exportable to software of your choice. Ground breaking patent pending flow cell design allows the user to reliably observe absorption peaks from 0.001 to 100 AU simultaneously. The flow cell total volume is 100 l. Light sources are kept at a constant temperature by a Peltier element to minimize long-term drift. The flow cell is compatible with any common solvent except HF. The RD4 can withstand internal pressures of up to 250 psi (17 bar). The RD4 flow cell supports flow rates from 0.1 to 300 ml/min. The detector is compatible with virtually any fraction collector. Included universal column adapter makes attaching the RD4 to any column or cartridge effortless glass, FPLC, HPLC. UV LED light sources provide over a decade of consistent function while eliminating warm-up time. Durable anodized titanium case and shielded display provide neartotal solvent-resistance. Works with both 120V and 220V line voltage, 10W max power draw, power interruption resistant. Three year warranty.

62 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

RD2 - EZ Flash Detector


The RD2 detector is indispensable to anyone engaged in chromatographic separations in aqueous or organic solvents, of samples between 20 mg and 200 g per typical run, using any preparative column type. Scientists and process engineers who accomplish organic synthesis, protein and peptide purification, or any bench or semi-industrial scale chromatographic procedures will benefit.
Flash System

RD2 Features
The RD2 detector measures UV absorption at 250 nm and 280 nm wavelengths simultaneously, using a single, embedded flow cell. The measurements are thermally compensated. The chromatogram is graphed in real time on an embedded 5.7inch LCD. Data is recorded to an internal, non-volatile (non-powered) memory, and can be transferred to a USB drive in a simple format exportable to software of your choice. Ground breaking patent pending flow cell design allows the user to reliably observe absorption peaks from 0.001 to 100 AU simultaneously. The flow cell total volume is 30 l. Can be used continuously for pressures up to 250 psi. The flow cell is compatible with any common solvent except HF. The RD2 can withstand internal pressures of up to 250 psi (17 bar). The RD4 flow cell supports flow rates from 0.1 to 300 ml/min. The detector is compatible with virtually any fraction collector. Included universal column adapter makes attaching the RD4 to any column or cartridge effortless glass, FPLC, HPLC. UV LED light sources provide over a decade of consistent function while eliminating warm-up time. Durable anodized titanium case and shielded display combine a sleek, modern design with near-total solvent-resistance. Works with both 120V and 220V line voltage, 10W max power draw. Three year warranty.

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

63 www.sorbtech.com

RD1 - EZ Flash Detector


The RD1 detectors are indispensable to anyone engaged in chromatographic separations of UV-absorbing samples between 0.2 mg and 2 g per run in aqueous or organic solvents, using any column type. Scientists who accomplish organic synthesis, protein and peptide purification, or any chromatographic procedure will benefit.
Flash System

RD1 Features

The RD1 detectors measure UV absorption at either 250 nm or 280 nm wavelengths, depending on the specific unit chosen. The measurements are thermally compensated. The chromatogram is graphed in real time on an embedded 4.3 inch LCD. Data is recorded to an internal, non-volatile (non-powered) memory, and can be transferred to a USB drive in a simple text format exportable to software of your choice. The RD1 has an embedded 0.2 mm fixed pathlength flow cell that allows to reliably observe absorption peaks from 0.001 to 5 AU. The flow cell total volume is 15 l. The flow cell is compatible with any common solvent except HF. The RD1 can withstand internal pressures up to 250 psi (17 bar). The RD1 flow cell supports flow rates from 0.1 to 150 ml/min. The detector is compatible with virtually any fraction collector. UV LED light sources provide over a decade of function while eliminating warm-up time. Glass-shielded display and Teflon paint allows for resistance to accidental solvent splashes. Exceptionally small and lightweight: 1.5 lbs (680 g), dimensions: 5.6 x 3.5 x 2.25(142 x 89 x 57 mm) The detector works with both 120V and 220V line voltage. One-year warranty.

Accessories:

The following options can be substituted at no additional charge:


The Detector 120 V for the Detector 220 V US style power cord for any common style power cord The Specific fraction collector cord for a Generic fraction collector cord. The generic cord can be adapted to be used with essentially any fraction collector. The adaptation is straightforward and described in the detector's manual. The adaptation requires the fraction collector's manual and some basic soldering skills. Any Specific fraction collector cord can be reverted back to a Generic fraction collector cord.

The following extra accessories can be added at additional charge*:

Teflon Universal column adapter Luer Lock, male, to 1/4-28TPI male thread connector Luer Lock, female, to 1/4-28TPI male thread connector 1/16 Tubing connector with ferrule, material: Teflon 1/8 Tubing connector with ferrule, material: Teflon Additonal fraction collector cord to be used with the fraction collector of Customer's choice Additional generic fraction collector cord *Please contact your personal Product Specialist for pricing and info for these accessories.

Cat. #
EZRD4 EZRD2 EZRD1 RD4 - EZ Flash Detector RD2 - EZ Flash Detector RD1 - EZ Flash Detector

Description

64 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Comparison Chart for EZ Flash Detectors.


RD4 Operation Mode Data Presentation
4 real-time graphs plotted on a color LCD Light sources are kept at a constant temp. by a Peltier element to minimize longterm drift

RD2
2 real-time graphs plotted on a color LCD

RD1
Flash System

Autonomous: all unit functions are controlled from the front panel, so no external PC is needed. 1 real-time graph plotted on a color LCD Thermally compensated to minimize long-term drift

Light Source

250 nm or 280 nm UV LEDs, followed by narrow bandpass diffraction filters. Spectral bandwidth: 9 nm Wavelength accuracy: 2 nm Current through UV LEDs: 10% of the maximum allowed for the corresponding UV LED. The operating current reading is available on the detector's screen. Typical lifetime: 15 years of non-stop operation Total Volume: 150 L Flow rates: 0.1 to 300 ml/min Total Volume: 30 L Flow rates: 0.1 to 300 ml/min Total Volume: 15 L Flow rates: 0.1 to 150 ml/min

Flow Cell

A single wide-range embedded flow cell is implemented, patent pending. No split - all eluents travel through the flow cell via the same path. Maximum operating pressure: 250 psi (17 bar) Wetted materials: quartz, sapphire, titanium Solvents compatibility: any (except HF; see manual) pH stability (long term): 1-13 pH stability (short term): 1-14 Hydrodynamic resistance: low, suitable for gravity chromatographic columns Range: 0.001 100* AU (Absorption Units) Range: 0.001 5 AU (Absorption Units) Resolution: 0.0001 AU, Baseline noise: < 0.0001 AU, Drift: 3.0 x 10-4 AU/hr at constant temp. Auto-Zero: The detector may be zeroed at any time Measurement type: absolute Measuring wavelength: 280 nm Range: 1.2000 - 1.7000 Resolution: 0.0001 Thermally compensated measurements This technology was developed by REACH Devices and works in any solvent from water to hexanes. In aqueous solvents, this channel measures standard conductivity. In non-aqueous solvents, this channel measures proton mobility: very sensitive for weakly ionic compounds (e.g., allows the user to monitor sugars in dichloromethane).

Monitoring of UV Absorption at 250 or 280 nm Monitoring of Refractive Index

N/A

N/A

Monitoring of Conductivity/ Proton Mobility

N/A

N/A

Data Storage Acquisition Rates Data Transfer

Data is saved automatically to the internal non-volatile memory. The memory can hold a maximum of 35,000 data points. 5 Hz (1 hour 49 min) | 2 Hz (5 hours 27 min) | 1 Hz (9 hours 5 min) 0.5 Hz (18 hours 11 min) | 0.2 Hz (45 hours 28 min) | 0.1 Hz (90 hours 56 min) By user's command to USB drive. No data acquisition occurs during data transfer. 4 (four) independent analog outputs in 0-1 V range (see manual for transfer functions), corresponding to (a) UV 250 nm, (b) UV 280 nm, (c) refractive index and (d) conductivity channels. 2 (two) independent analog outputs in 0-1 V range (see manual for transfer functions), corresponding to (a) UV 250 nm, and (b) UV 280 nm. One digital fraction count input from a fraction collector; detector can react to intermittent mechanical contact closure and TTL level signal. 1 (one) analog outputs in 0-1V range (see manual for transfer function) Dimensions: 4.3 diagonally Resolution: QVGA 320 x 240 Back-light: white LED Protection: Hermetically covered with 2 mm glass is solvent resistant. Cast aluminum, painted, covered with 1 m Teflon resistance to any solvent spills. 5.6 x 3.5 x 2.25 (142 x 89 x 57 mm) 1.5 lb (680 g)

Communication Interface

Display

Dimensions: 5.7 diagonally Resolution: QVGA 320 x 240 Back-light: white LED Protection: Hermetically covered with 2 mm glass - is solvent resistant Anodized titanium, covered with 1 m Teflon complete resistance to any solvent spills 7.5 x 5.25 x 2.25 (190 x 133 x 57 mm) 3 lb (<1.4 kg)

Case material Dimensions Weight Power Requirements

Embedded internal (USA, Asia, and most other regions) or included external (Canada, Europe) power supply Frequency: 50-60Hz Voltage: 90-240V Current rating: 0.1A for 90-120V, or 0.06A for 220-240V; 10W max power draw

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

65 www.sorbtech.com

FPLC Columns
SNAP
"Next Generation" technology for high-performance preparative chromatography
A column technology that exceeds what is currently available to scientists for purification and chromatography. Careful choice in materials of construction, combined with customer feedback, has driven the design so that biocompatibility can be achieved in virtually any application. Simple, yet innovative design ensures frustration-free results.

FPLC
*Replaces GE HiScale & XK

Column Part
Body Pistons O-Rings Frit Temperature Range Acetyl EPDM or Viton

Aqueous Buffer Version


Precision Bore Glass PEEK

Solvent Resistant Version


Precision Bore Glass Viton or Kalrez Stainless Steel or Teflon (2 m or 10 m) 4 - 40 C

Polyethylene (5 m or 10 m) 4 - 40 C

Features and Benefit:


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. High Pressure Ratings Incorporating Glass Structure (up to 40 bar) Linear Motion of the Piston Calibrated Glass Tubing Eliminates Seal Adjustment and Wall Effect True Frits Allow for Flow Distribution and Reduced Dead Volume External Connections for Leakage Visibility Fine Thread Adjustments for Precise Piston Control Double-ended Piston Configuration for Flexibility in Bed Height Quick Release Ends for Easy Installation and Disassembly Solvent Resistant Graduations on Glass for Easy Measurement

10. Custom Figured Columns Based on Exact Needs of Chromatographer

Simple to install packing adaptor for easy and quick slurry packing

66 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Standard Available SNAP Configurations


Col. Bed ID L. (mm) (mm) Press. Short/ Fixed (SF) Bed Length min-max (mm)
62.94-125 187.9-250 437.9-500 687.9-750 937.9-1000 47.63-125 172.6-250 422.6-500 672.6-750 922.6-1000 53.98-125 179-250 429-500 679-750 929-1000 55.05-125 180.1-250 430.1-500 680.1-750 930.1-1000 52.56-125 177.6-250 427.6-500

Short/ Fixed (SF) Volume min-max (mm)


4.941-9.813 14.75-19.63 34.38-39.25 54-58.88 73.63-78.5 8.413-22.08 30.49-44.16 74.65-88.31 118.8-132.5 163-176.6 26.48-61.33 87.81-122.7 210.5-245.3 331.1-368 456-490.6 52.94-120.2 173.1-240.4 413.5-480.8 654-721.2 894.4-961.6 103.1-245.3 348.5-491 839.1-981.3

Long/ Fixed (LF) Bed Length min-max (mm)


20.44-125 145.4-250 395.4-500 645.4-750 895.3-1000 5.13-125 130.1-250 380.1-500 630.1-750 880.1-1000 11.48-125 136.5-250 386.5-500 636.5-750 886.5-1000 12.58-125 137.6-250 387.6-500 637.6-750 887.6-1000 10.06-125 135.1-250 385.1-500

Long/ Fixed (LF) Volume min-max (mm)


1.604-9.813 11.42-19.63 31.04-39.25 50.67-58.88 70.28-78.5 0.906-221 22.98-44.16 67.14-88.31 111.3-132.5 155.5-176.6 5.632-61.33 66.96-122.7 189.6-245.3 312.3-368 434.9-490.6 12.1-120.2 132.3-240.0 372.7-480.8 613.1-721.2 853.5-961.6 19.74-245.3 265.1-490.6 755.5-981.3

Short/ Short (SS) Bed Length min-max (mm)


0-125 125.9-250 375.9-500 625.9-750 875.9-1000 0-125 95.26-250 345.5-500 595.5-750 845.3-1000 0-125 108-250 358-500 608-750 858-1000 0-125 110.1-250 360.1-500 610.1-750 860.1-1000 0-125 105.1-250 355.1-500

Short/ Short (SS) Volume min-max (mm)


0-9.813 9.881-19.63 29.51-39.25 49.13-58.88 68.76-78.5 0-22.08 16.83-44.15 60.98-88.31 105.1-132.5 149.3-176.6 0-61.33 52.97-122.7 175.6-245.3 298.3-368 421-490.6 0-120.2 105.9-240.4 346.3-480.8 536.7-721.2 827.1-961.6 0-245.3 206.3-491 696.9-981.3

Long/ Short (LS) Bed Length min-max (mm)


0-125 83.38-250 333.4-500 583.4-750 833.4-1000 0-125 52.76-250 302.6-500 552.8-750 802.8-1000 0-125 65.56-250 315.5-500 565.5-750 815.5-1000 0-125 57.6-250 307.6-500 557.6-750 807.6-1000 0-125 62.62-250 312.6-500

Long/ Short (LS) Volume min-max (mm)

Long/ Long (LL) Bed Length min-max (mm)


0-125 40.88-250 290.9-500 540.9-750 790.9-1000 0-125 10.26-250 273-500 523-750 773-1000 0-125 22.96-250 273-500 523-750 773-1000 0-125 25.1-250 275.1-500 525.1-750 775.1-1000 0-125 20.12 270.1-500

Long/ Long (LL) Volume min-max (mm)

125 250 10 500 750 1000 125 250 15 500 750 1000 125 250 25 500 750 1000 125 250 35 500 750 1000 125 50 250 500

40 40 40 40 40 35 35 35 35 35 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 13 13 13

0-9.813 6.545-19.63 26.17-39.25 45.8-58.88 65.42-78.5 0-22.08 9.319-44.16 53.47-88.31 97.63-132.5 141.8-176.6 0-61.33 32.121-122.7 154.8-245.3 277.4-368 400-490.6 0-120.2 55.39-240.4 295.8-480.8 536.2-721.2 776.6-961.6 0-245.3 122.9-490.6 613.7-981.3

0-9.813 3.209-19.63 42.46-58.88 62.08-78.5 0-22.08 1.812-44.16 45.97-88.31 90.12-132.5 134.3-176.6 0-61.33 11.26-122.7 133.9-245.3 256.6-368 379-490.6 0-120.2 24.14-240.4 264.5-480.8 504.9-721.2 745.4-961.6 0-245.3 39.5-490.6 530.1-981.3 FPLC 22.83-39.25

With the Option of Customized Solutions Custom column lengths Customized material configurations Heating and cooling jackets Custom end connections Any unique specifications upon request

Reduce overall cost by purchasing the next columns in cartridge form. Also, columns can be stored without rotating clamps.

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

67 www.sorbtech.com

Econoline and Econoline LP


Optimize your purification and chromatography with Econoline durable, state-of-the-art, precision engineered Low & Medium Pressure Columns for Semi-Prep and Preparative LPLC, FPLC, to HPLC. Designed for For ion exchange, size exclusion, normal/reversed phase and affinity chromatography. These columns allow for easy packing, reproducibility, reliability, and scalability to increase lab productivity. Econoline glass columns meet the highest criteria for professional laboratory use. Particular attention has been paid to the column volume ranges that are as wide as possible (0.4982 ml) and to the high pressure resistance (up to 80 bar / 1160 psi), so that high flow rates and performance/ efficiency can be achieved. We have selected high-quality, inert materials to make sure Econoline glass columns are biocompatible and offer the best conditions for high recovery with no loss of bio-activity of your biomolecules. Thanks to the Quick-Lock seal and the two adjustable pistons, the columns are fully adjustable and easy to use.
FPLC

Econoline
Econoline columns can be connected to any LC System such as GE AKTA. They can be packed with a wide variety of sorbents/resins. Available for Solvent Resistant and Aqueous Buffer applications. *Replaces GE XK Econoline columns sizes: ID: 5, 10, 15, 25, 35 & 55 mm L: 125, 250 & 500 mm 3 different Piston configurations: Long/Long, Long/Short, Short/Short

Econoline LP
Econoline LP columns are glass columns for almost all types of soft gel and low pressure liquid chromatography applications (pressure limit 5 30 bar). With a choice of one or two adjustable length plungers, they are available in two forms: AB (aqueous buffer) for use with aqueous buffers and cold room applications and SR (solvent resistant) for all forms of normal and reversed phase chromatography. Water-jacketed version available on request. *Replaces GE XK Econoline LP column sizes: ID: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 32, 50, 70 80 mm L: 120, 200, 450, 750 & 1000 mm

Column
Econoline

Pressure Limits
30 - 80 Bars

Connections
Two 1/4 - 28 Fittings (one for 1/16 and one for 1/8 capillaries). The column is supplied with an M6 adapter to allow direct connection to any LC system. ID 10 mm - 25 mm: Two (2) 1/4- 28 fittings for 1/16 capillaries ID 32 mm - 50 mm: Two (2) 1/4- 28 fittings for 1/8 capillaries

Height Adjustment
Multi-variable plunger at each end, 70 mm adjustment each.

Accessories
User-friendly packing adapters

Econoline LP

10 - 30 Bars

Multi-variable plunger at one end,120 mm adjustment. Double piston configuration available upon request.

User-friendly packing adapters Frit removal tool

Features and Benefits of Econoline and Econoline LP versus XK Columns


High precision glass with smoother surface eliminates channeling Higher pressure rating allows for wider range of chromatography applications Linear piston eliminates bed compression and shearing effect, allowing better sample loading and solvent flow for increased performance True frits for bed stability versus sock design Inlet and outlet connections located on exterior indicating any possible leaks Double piston adjustment available to allow greater flexibility in bed height and adjustment Quick release ends allow for better and easier disassembly of columns Higher precision seal eliminates dead volume Easy to use packing adapter

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist 68 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

FPLC Columns - Upscale - IsoKrom


Upscale
Small and mid size low pressure pilot / process columns from 90 mm to 450 mm diameter with bed lengths up to 900 mm. Upscale offers a glass column solution with superior flow distribution as well as a positive (no dead volume) mechanical seal. Design eliminates metal contact with wetted parts.

HIGHLIGHTS:
Simple Sanitary Design Low Dead Volume Reliable Mechanical Seal Low Maintenance Scalable Replaces BPG

Cross-reference tables comparing Upscale to GE Healthcare (formerly Pharmacia) LC Columns.


Sorbtech Cat. #
265111 265117 265118 N/A N/A N/A 265121 265127 265128 265131 265137 265138 265141 265147 265148

ID
90 mm 90 mm 90 mm N/A N/A N/A 180 mm 180 mm 180 mm 300 mm 300 mm 300 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm

Bed Height
0 - 25 mm 15 - 55 mm 45 - 85 mm N/A N/A N/A 0 - 25 mm 15 - 55 mm 45 - 85 mm 0 - 21 mm 11 - 51 mm 41 - 81 mm 0 - 21 mm 11 - 51 mm 41 - 81

Volume
0 - 1.6 L 0.9 - 3.5 L 2.9 - 5.4 L N/A N/A N/A 0 - 6.4 L 3.8 - 14 L 3.8 - 14 L 11.5 - 21.6 L 0 - 14.8 L 28.9 - 56.2 L 0 - 33.4 L 17.1 - 79.3 L 63.7 - 128.8 L

Pressure Rating
6 bar 6 bar 6 bar N/A N/A N/A 4 bar 4 bar 4 bar 3 bar 3 bar 3 bar 2 bar 2 bar 2 bar

GE Cat. #
BPG 100/500 BPG 100/750 BPG 100/950 BPG 140/500 BPG 140/750 BPG 140/950 BPG 200/500 BPG 200/750 BPG 200/950 BPG 300/500 BPG 300/750 BPG 300/950 BPG 450/500 BPG 450/750 BPG 450/1000

ID
100 mm

Bed Height
0 - 26 mm

Volume
0-2L 2 - 3.2 L 3.5 - 4.2 L 0-4L 3.9 - 6.3 L 6.9 - 8.3 L 0 - 8.2 L 7.3 - 12.9 L 14.1 - 16.9 L 0 - 17.9 L 17.2 - 28.2 L 31 - 37.2 L 4.7 - 35.9 L 34.4 - 60.9 L 73.4 - 90.6 L

Pressure Rating
8 bar 8 bar 8 bar 6 bar 6 bar 6 bar 6 bar 6 bar 6 bar 4 bar 4 bar 4 bar 2.5 bar 2.5 bar 2.5 bar

100 mm 25 - 41 mm 100 mm 45 - 54 mm 140 mm 0 - 26 mm 140 mm 25 - 41 mm 140 mm 45 - 54 mm 200 mm 0 - 26 mm 200 mm 25 - 41 mm 200 mm 45 - 54 mm 296 mm 0 - 26 mm 296 mm 25 - 41 mm 296 mm 45 - 54 mm 446 mm 3 - 23 mm 446 mm 22 - 39 mm 446 mm 47 - 58 mm

Note: Frit Porosity is 20 m for UpScale and 23 m for GE

IsoKrom Series

These low and medium pressure fixed bed, side packed columns offer zero dead volume technology. Sizes are available from 95 mm to 2,000 mm with no practical limit on bed length. Simple construction uses standard components, providing low back-end cost of ownership.

HIGHLIGHTS:
All wetted parts are either autoclavable, disposable and/or can be completely taken apart for thorough cleaning. Simple & Robust - IsoKrom is designed around standard industrial parts, to provide a lower price and higher quality. Reduced dead-space by volume (V) and length (L). Fixed volume, packing through the wall. No metal parts contact the solution.

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

69 www.sorbtech.com

FPLC

Syringe Filters
CHROMAFIL Disposable Syringe Filters - Quick Filtration of Liquid Samples
CHROMAFILDisposable Syringe Filters are used for filtration of suspended matter from liquid samples. CHROMAFIL filters are available with pore of 0.2 m to 1.0 m. They feature:

Polypropylene Housing

Better solvent stability compared to acrylate and polystrene filters

Shells ultrasonically sealed, not glued


No extractable components from glues

Filtration in both directions possible


The liquid cannot bypass the membranes.

Luer lock on side of entry Luer exit

Safe connection on thehigh pressure side Standard luer for 3 mm and 25 mm filters, minispike luer with low dead volume and small OD for 15 mm filters

Deflector

Syringe Filters

The stream of liquid is broken and distributed, and does not directly hit the membrane: this prevents rupture of the membrane

Star-shaped distribution device

The liquid is evenly distributed to the whole membrane surface: This results in a better utilization of the total area. The filter is not plugged up rapidly, providing high flow efficiency.

Color Coded

Filter with 0.2 m pores have a yellow upper shell and filters with 0.45 m pores are colorless. The different membrane types are distinguished by different colors.

Low Dead Volume

~120 l for 25 mm , 12 l for 15 mm , 5 l for 3 mm With CHROMAFIL, rapid purification and removal of particles from liquid or gas samples is simple: place the filter on the syringe and you are ready for filtration. Special manipulations are not required. Contamination of sensitive instrumentation by solid impurities can be avoided, thus increasing the lifetime of chromatographic columns and equipment.

Inquire about bulk packs.

Do's and Don'ts

We recommend the following pointers for optimal filtration results using CHROMAFIL filters: Before sample filtration, we recommend either discarding the first 1 ml or rinsing the filter unit with 1 ml of primary solvent Draw ~ 1 ml air into the syringe before filling it. This air helps to minimize the remaining fluid in the filter. Start with gentle pressure at the beginning of the filtration. This helps assure maximum throughput. As the filter accumulates particles, filtration becomes more difficult and the pressure will increase on the filter. To avoid housing rupture, change filters when resistance becomes excessive. Do not use CHROMAFIL syringe filters for direct patient care applications; they are designed for laboratory use only! Do not use syringes smaller than 10 ml; the pressure generated my exceed the 6 bar limit of the filter Do not use at temperatures about 55 C (131 F) Do not reuse the filter

Cat. #
729204 729227 729231 729213 729205 729219 729241 729220 729228

Description
CHROMAFIL Cellulose Mixed Ester CHROMAFIL Cellulose Acetate CHROMAFIL Regenerated Cellulose CHROMAFIL Polyamide Nylon CHROMAFIL Teflon CHROMAFIL Polyvinylidene Difluoride CHROMAFIL Polyethersulfone CHROMAFIL Polyester CHROMAFIL Glass Fiber

Pore Size
0.45 m 0.45 m 0.45 m 0.45 m 0.45 m 0.45 m 0.45 m 0.45 m 1.0 m

Diameter
25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm

Color Top/Bottom
Colorless/Labelled Colorless/Labelled Colorless/Labelled Colorless/Labelled Colorless/Labelled Colorless/Labelled Colorless/Labelled Colorless/Orange Colorless/Orange

Material
MV CA RC PA PTFE PVDF PES PET GF

Qty/Pkg
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist 70 www.sorbtech.com Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

This table lists the chemical compatibility of our CHROMAFIL materials. The chemical compatibility depends on several parameters such as time, pressure and concentration. In most cases, CHROMAFIL filters will have only short contact with a solvent. In these cases they may be used despite limited compatibility. For example, a PTFE filter with PP housing does not liberate any UV-detectable substances during filtration of 5 ml THF, although PP shows only limited resistance towards THF.

Material Solvent
Acetaldehyde Acetic acid, 100% Acetone Acetonitirle Ammonia, 25% Benzene n-Butanol Cyclohexane Dichloromethane Diethyl ether Dimethylformamide 1, 4-Dioxane Ethanol Ethyle acetate Ethylene glycol Formic acid, 100% Hydrochloric acid, 30% Methanol Nitric acid, 65% Oxalic acid, 10% aqueous Petroleum ether Phosphoric acid, 80% Potassium hydroxide, 1 mol/1 2-Propanol Sodium hydroxide, 1 mol/1 Tetrachloromethane Tetrahydrofuran Toluene Trichloroethylene Trichloromethane Urea Water

Resistant

MV CA

RC

PA

PTFE PVDF PES PET GF

PP

Not Resistant Limited Resistance Data Not Guaranteed MV - Cellulose Mixed Esters CA - Cellulose Acetate RC - Regenerated cellulose PA - Polyamide PTFE - Polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon) PES - Polyethersulfone PET - Polyester GF - Glass Fiber PP - Polypropylene (housing material)
Syringe Filters

PVDF - Polyvinylidene difluoride

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

71 www.sorbtech.com

HPLC Columns
Sorbtech Purity (A Sorbent Technologies Exclusive!)
Sorbent Technologies introduces Purity the next generation of analytical and prep columns for small and large molecules (proteins & peptides) to maximize purification and purity of compounds. Purity is packed with Sorbtechs Premium Pure Silica Gels and uses a unique packing method to guarantee the best performance: resolution, reproducibility, and lifetime. Custom bonding and packing

Purity HPLC is available in analytical, semi-prep, prep and custom sizes.


Bonded Phases: C4, C8, C18, C18AQ, C18DE, Amino, Phenyl, Cyano, Diol, & Custom Particle Sizes: 2, 3, 5, & 10 m Pore Sizes: 100, 150, 200, 300 & 500 Analytical: 2.0 to 4.6 mm ID, 50 to 250 mm L Prep: 10 to 100 mm ID, 50 to 250 mm L Let Purity optimize your method development and scale up from analytical to prep to process. Selectivity, Speed, Optimization, Load-ability, Lifetime, Resolution, Reproducibility, Purity Custom Packing. We offer custom packing of Purity columns with Sorbtech adsorbents from analytical to preparative. Additionally, we can pack other manufacturers resins from analytical to preparative.

C18 AQ, 300 , 10 m

HPLC

Mobile Phase: 60/40 Acetonitrile/Water Flow Rate: 1.0 mL/min Pressure: 375 psig Column Dimensions: 250 x 4.6 mm Detection: 254 nm Sample Size: 10 L

Cat. #
10263030-4.6x250 10463030-4.6x250 10483030-4.6x250 10155030-4.6x250 10265030-4.6x250 10465030-4.6x250

Description
Premium Pure C8 Silica Gel Premium Pure C18 Silica Gel Premium Pure C18 AQ Silica Gel Premium Pure C4 Silica Gel Premium Pure C8 Silica Gel Premium Pure C18 Silica Gel

Particle Size
5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m

Pore Size
100 100 100 300 300 300

ID x L
4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm

Available in a wide selection of phases and sizes: analytical and preparative For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist 72 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-NagelTM is a world leader in chromatography products. Macherey-NagelTM, known for industry standard NUCLEOSIL, introduces their new ultra-high purity NUCLEODUR products for HPLC. Nulceodur offers increased separation, reproducibility, reliability, and scalability. Now available in 1.8 m for ultra-fast HPLC.

Macherey-Nagel NUCLEODUR
NUCLEODUR is the new generation of totally spherical, high purity silica gels. These gels offer the best in separation performance and are now available in 1.8 m for ultra-fast HPLC. Gravity, Isis, Pyramid, and Sphinx have unique bonding characteristics providing solutions for most separation applications. Ultra-High Purity High pressure stability Maximum Bed & pH Stability Maximize Efficiency High Separation Efficiency High Mechanical and chemical stability Increased load capacity Ideal particle shape and surface symmetry Reproducibility from lot to lot and column to column

1.8 m Particle Size for Ultra-Fast HPLC


NUCLEODUR is now available in 1.8 m for Ultra-Fast HPLC to allow extraordinary improvement in plate numbers, column efficiencies, and resolution compared to 3 m. Decrease of analysis time (ultra fast HPLC) Shorter columns with high separation efficiency Significant improvement of resolution Increased detection sensitivity All NUCLEODUR premium phases are available in 1.8 m: C18 Gravity, C8 Gravity, C18 Isis, C18 Pyramid, Sphinx RP NUCLEODUR 1.8 m particles are fractionated to limit the increase in back pressure.

Features of 1.8 m NUCLEODUR silica particles


Increase of separation efficiency by higher number of theoretical plates (N):
50 x 4.6 mm NUCLEODUR C18 Gravity 3 m: N 100,000 plates/m (h value 10) 1.8 m: N 166,667 plates/m (h value 6) Increase of the plate number by app. 67% offers the possibility of using shorter columns with equal plate numbers resulting in a decrease of analysis time.

column 50 x 4.6 mm, acetonitrile water (50:50, v/v), analyte toluene


25

van-Deemter plot

5 m 3 m 1.8 m
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0

HETP [m]

20 15 10 5 0

Column back pressure

u [mm/s]

Because of the high sphericity of the NUCLEODUR particles and the very narrow particle size distribution we are able to keep the back pressure on a moderate level. Nevertheless the use of columns packed with sub 2 m particles generally makes special demands on the HPLC equipment. Pumps should be designer for pressures of 2501000 bar and the entire system should feature the lowest possible dead volume.

Higher flow rates and shorter run times

Optimal flow rate for 1.8 m particles is higher than for 3 m and 5 m particles (the flow rate should be at the van-Deemter minimum). See van-Deemter plot.

Column: 50 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR C18 Gravity A) 3 m, B) 1.8 m Eluent: acetonitrile water (80:20, v/v) Flow rate: 2 ml/min Pressure: A) 80 bar, B) 160 bar Detection: UV, 254 nm Peaks: 1. Naphthalene 2. Ethylbenzene

Resolution as a function of particle size

Significant improvement in resolution

Use of 1.8 m instead of 3 m particles leads to an increase of resolution by a factor 1.29 (29%) since the resolution is inversely proportional to the square root of the particle size: Rs = resolution = selectivity (separation factor) ki' = retention N = plate number with N 1/dP dP = particle size

Rs=

k i' N -1 ki'+1 4

( )(

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

73 www.sorbtech.com

HPLC

Macherey-Nagel
NUCLEODUR C18 Gravity C8 Gravity
NUCLEODUR Gravity columns are designed to handle high pH (up to 11), and can replace WatersTM XterraTM, PhenomenexTM LunaTM, ZorbaxTM ExtendTM and other high end columns for pharmaceutical applications such as analgesics, anti-inflammatories, anti-depressants, herbacides, phytopharmaceuticals, immunosuppressants, etc. Preparative columns available by contacting your personal Product Specialist.

Surface Silanols at different pH values

Features
Available as octadecyl (C18 USP L1) and octyl (C8 USP L7) modification Polymeric bonded phases have exceptionally long column lifetime and negligible phase leaching Pore size 110 ; particle sizes 1.8 m, 3 m and 5 m for C18, 1.8 and 5 m for C8 7, 10, 12 and 16 m particles for preparative purposes are available on request Ideal for method development Allows HPLC at pH extremes (pH 1 11) Suitable for LC/MS due to low bleeding characteristics Recommended for overall sophisticated analytical separations Compound classes separated so far: pharmaceuticals, e. g. analgesics, anti-inflammatory drugs, antidepressants; herbicides; phytopharmaceuticals; immunosuppressants
HPLC

The figure above shows the extent of protonation of surface silanols and of two exemplary analytes at acidic and alkaline pH.

Comparison of different base deactivated phases

Separation of Pyridine and Phenol


1

Phase S (C18, 5 m) Phase P (C18, 5 m) Phase L (C18, 5 m)


1 and 2 overlap

3 1 2

Peaks: 1. Pyridine 2. Phenol

Phase I (C18, 5 m) NUCLEODUR C18 Gravity, 5 m

10

Columns: Eluent:

250 x 4 mm methanol 20 mM KH2PO4, pH 7.0 (75 : 25, v/v) Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min Temperature: 30 C Detection: UV, 254 nm

15

20

25 min

Peaks: 1. Dibutyl phthalate 2. Acenaphthene 3. Amitriptyline

10

min

Column: Eluent: Flow rate: Temperature:

250 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR C18 Gravity, 5 m methanol water (30 : 70, v/v) 1.0 ml/min Detection: UV, 254 nm 40 C Inj. volume: 5 l

Comparison of different base deactivated phases

Separation of pyridine and phenol

Cat. #
760079.46 760101.46 760753.46

Description
NUCLEODUR C18 Gravity NUCLEODUR C18 Gravity NUCLEODUR C8 Gravity

4 Particle Size
1.8 m 5 m 5 m

Pore Size
110 110 110

ID x L
4.6 x 50 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist 74 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Macherey-Nagel
NUCLEODUR C18 Isis
NUCLEODUR C18 Isis offers high steric selectivity and unique surface modifications for steroids, aromatics and fat soluble vitamins. Isis replaces InertsilTM ODS-P & YMC Pro C18RS.

Features
C18 phase with special polymeric, crosslinked surface modification USP L Pore size 110 ; particle sizes 1.8 m, 3 m and 5 m; 20% C Exceptional steric selectivity Outstanding surface deactivation Suitable for LC/MS due to low bleeding characteristics pH stability 1 10 Broad range of applications: steroids, (o,p,m-) substituted aromatics, fat-soluble vitamins

Cat. #
760405.46 760414.46

Description
NUCLEODUR C18 Isis NUCLEODUR C18 Isis

Particle Size
1.8 m 5 m

Pore Size
110 110

ID x L
4.6 x 50 mm 4.6 x 250 mm

Separation of very polar compounds

NUCLEODUR C18 Pyramid


NUCLEODUR C18 Pyramid is stable in 100% aqueous and designed for analgesics, penicillin antibiotics, nucleic acid bases, and more. Pyramid replaces PhenomenexTM AquaTM, YMC AQTM, & WatersTM AtlantisTM dC18.

1 2

Features
Stable in 100 % aqueous mobile phase systems USP L1 Pore size 110 ; particle sizes 1.8 m, 3 m and 5 m; 14% C 7 and 10 m particles for preparative purposes are available on request Interesting polar selectivity features Excellent base deactivation; suitable for LC/MS due to low bleeding characteristics pH stability 1 9 Classes of compounds separated so far: analgesics, penicillin antibiotics, nucleic acid bases, water-soluble vitamins, complexing agents, organic acids

Detection: UV, 202 nm Peaks: Peaks: (injection volume 2 l) (injection volume 2 l) 1. Formic acid 1. Formic acid 2. Acetic acid 2. Acetic acid 2 4 min 0 Fig. 14: Separation of very polar compounds

Column: NUCLEODUR C18 Pyramid, 5 m, 125 x 4 mm C Column: NUCLEODUR 18 Eluent: 0.2% H3PO Pyramid, 5 m, 125 x 4 mm 4 1.0 Eluent: Flow rate: 0.2% H3ml/min PO4 Temperature: 22 C Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min Detection: Temperature: 22 CUV, 202 nm

Column: NU Pyramid, 5 Eluent: Flow rate: Temperatur Detection:

Fig. 15: Se

Separation of organic acids


1 3 2 NUCLEODUR C18 Pyramid 4 3

Column: NUCLEODUR C18 Pyramid, 5 m, 250 x 4 mm Eluent: 0.2% H3PO4 Flow rate: 0.7 ml/min Temperature: 25 C Detection: UV, 210 nm conventional RP col Peaks: (injection volume 2 l) 1. Tararic acid 2. Malic acid 3. Lactic acid initial 1 4. Succinic acid injection

Column: NUCLEODUR C18 Pyramid, 5 m, 125 x 4 mm Eluent: 0.2% H3PO4 Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min Temperature: 22 C Cat. # Description Detection: UV, 202 nm Peaks: 760272.46 NUCLEODUR C18 Pyramid (injection volume 2 l) 760202.46 NUCLEODUR C18 Pyramid 1. Formic acid 2. Acetic acid 2 4 min 0 Sorbent Inc. polar compounds Fig. 14:Technologies, Separation of very 2

10 min 2 2 Particle Size Pore Size ID x L Column: NUCLEODUR C18 Peaks: Pyramid, 5 m, 250 x 4 mm (injection volume 2 l) acid 4.6 x 50 mm Eluent: 1.8 m 0.2% H3PO4 1.110 Tartaric Flow rate:5 m0.7 ml/min 2.110 Malic acid 4.6 x 250 mm 0 5 min3. Lactic acid 0 Temperature: 25 C Detection: UV, 210 nm 4. Succinic acid pump 75 stopped! www.sorbtech.com Fig. 15: Separation of organic acids

HPLC

Macherey-Nagel
NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP
NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP has distinct selectivity based on bifunctional surface coverage that focuses on quinolone antibiotics, sulfonamides, xanthines, and substituted aromatics. Sphinx is unique and stands alone. Stability of NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP at pH 10
Column: Eluent: Flow rate: Detection: Injection volume: 50 x 4.6 mm NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP, 5 m methanol dil. NH3, pH 10 (20:80, v/v) 1.0 ml/min, temperature 30 C UV, 275 nm 3 l Peaks: 1. Theophylline 2. Caffeine

Features
Distinct selectivity based on bifunctional surface coverage USP L1 and USP L11 Pore size 110 ; particle sizes 1.8 m, 3 m and 5 m; 14% C High density of covalently bonded silanes for tailing-free peaks Widens the scope for method development pH stability 1 10 Suitable for LC/MS due to low bleeding characteristics High reproducibility and consistent quality due to tight QC procedures Range of applications: quinolone antibiotics, sulfonamides, xanthines, substituted aromatics

HPLC

Cat. #
760821.20 760822.46 760807.30 760808.46 760800.46 760801.40 760802.46 760803.46

Description
NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP Bifunctional NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP Bifunctional NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP Bifunctional NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP Bifunctional NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP Bifunctional NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP Bifunctional NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP Bifunctional NUCLEODUR Sphinx RP Bifunctional

Particle Size
1.8 m 1.8 m 3 m 3 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m

Pore Size
110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110

ID x L
2 x 30 mm 4.6 x 50 mm 3 x 125 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 50 mm 4 x 125 mm 4.6 x 150 mm 4.6 x 250 mm

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist 76 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Macherey-Nagel
NUCLEODUR C18 ec / C8 ec
NUCLEODUR C18 ec and C8 ec is ideal for daily routine reverse phase analysis and scale up to Prep. Exceptional silane bonding and endcapping allows for tailing-free elution of polar compounds, optimal chemical stability and pH stable from 1-9. These NUCLEODUR products replace Spherisorb, Hypersil, Waters Symmetry, Kromasil, & LiChrospher

Features

Medium density octadecyl (USP L1) and octyl phases (USP L7) Pore size 110 ; particle sizes 3 m and 5 m; 7 m, 10 m, 12 m, 16 m, 20 m, 30 m and 50 m for preparative separations For daily routine analysis and up-scaling for preparative HPLC pH stability 1 9 High reproducibility from lot to lot For standard routine reversed phase applications

pH stability of NUCLEODUR C18 ec


Separation of theophylline and caffeine at pH 10
Column: 30 x 3 mm NUCLEODUR 100-5 C18 ec Mobile phase: methanol aq. NH3 (20:80, v/v), pH 10 Flow rate: 0.5 ml/min Temperature: 25 C Detection: UV254 nm

Cat. #
760002.46 760703.46

Description
NUCLEODUR C18 ec NUCLEODUR C8 ec

Particle Size
5 m 5 m

Pore Size
110 110

ID x L
4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm
HPLC

NUCLEODUR HILIC
High purity silica phase for Hydrophilic Interaction Liquid Chromatography Features Ideal for reproducible and stable chromatography of highly polar analytes Suitable for analytical and preparative applications as well as LC-MS Very short column conditioning period Technical Characteristics: Ammonium sulphonic acid modified silica: pore size 110 , available particle sizes 1.8 m, 3 m and 5 m; carbon content 7 %; pH stability 2 8.5 Recommended Application: Hydrophilic compounds such as organic polar acids and bases, polar natural compounds, nucleosides, oligonucleotides, amino acids, peptides, water soluble vitamins.

Separation of Organic Acids on NUCLEODUR HILIC

Separation of Organic Acids on NUCLEODUR HILIC Substances: fumaric acid; oxalic acid; citric acid Column: NUCLEODUR HILIC, 110 , 3 m, 4 x 125 mm Phase: NUCLEODUR HILIC Cat. #: 760531.40

Conditions:
Eluent: acetonitrile / 200 mM ammonium acetate, pH 6.8 (70:30, v/v) Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min Temperature: 25 C Injection volume: 0.5 l Detection: UV, 220 nm

Cat. #
760523.20 760526.20 760531.46 760530.46 760551.46 760550.46

Description
NUCLEODUR Hilic NUCLEODUR Hilic NUCLEODUR Hilic NUCLEODUR Hilic NUCLEODUR Hilic NUCLEODUR Hilic

Particle Size
1.8 m 1.8 m 3 m 3 m 5 m 5 m

Pore Size
110 110 110 110 110 110

ID x L
2 x 50 mm 2 x 100 mm 4.6 x 125 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 125 mm 4.6 x 250 mm

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

77 www.sorbtech.com

Macherey-Nagel
NUCLEODUR CN / CN-RP
NUCLEODUR is available in CN for normal phase and reverse phase CN-RP, widening the scope of selectivity. The cyano phase is stable against hydrolysis at low pH with a working range of pH 1-8. CN-RP is designed for polar organic compounds such as basic drugs, tricyclic anti-depressants, steroids, organic acids, and molecules with electron systems.
Reproducibility of NUCLEODUR Column: NUCLEODUR 100-5 CN-RP 250 x 4 mm Eluent: acetonitrile-water (60:40, v/v) Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min Temp.: 20 C Detection: UV254 nm, injection Volume: 5 l Peaks: 1. Benzamide 2. Dimethyl phthalate C 3. Phenetole 4. o-Xylene 5. Biphenyl

Features
Pore size 110 ; particle sizes 3 m and 5 m; 7% C USP L10 Multi-mode columns (RP and NP) Widens the scope in selectivity Different retention characteristics in comparison to C8 and C18 Stable against hydrolysis at low pH, working range pH 1 8 High reproducibility from lot to lot Classes of compounds separated so far: tricyclic antidepressants, steroids, organic acids

Cat. #
760151.46 760150.46 760156.46 760153.46 760152.46
HPLC

Description
NUCLEODUR CN NUCLEODUR CN NUCLEODUR CN-RP NUCLEODUR CN-RP NUCLEODUR CN-RP

Particle Size
5 m 5 m 3 m 5 m 5 m

Pore Size
110 110 110 110 110

ID x L
4.6 x 125 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 150 mm 4.6 x 125 mm 4.6 x 250 mm

NUCLEODUR NH2 / NH2-RP


High purity silica phase for HPLC

Features
Multi-mode columns (for RP, NP and IC) Stable against hydrolysis at low pH (working range pH 2 8), 100 % stable in water; suitable for LC/MS Widens scope of analytical HPLC into the polar range Technical characteristics: Aminopropyl-modified high purity silica; pore size 110 , particles sizes 3, 5 and 7 m; 2.5 % C; not end-capped Recommended application: Polar compounds under RP conditions (sugars, DNA bases), hydrocarbons under NP conditions

Reverse phase separation of sugars Column: NUCLEODUR 100-5 NH2-RP 250 x 4 mm Eluent: acetonitrile-water (79:21, v/v) Flow rate: 2.0 ml/min Detection: RI Peaks: 1. Fructose 2. Glucose 3. Saccharose 4. Maltose 5. Lactose

Normal phase chromatography (NP) with hexane, dichloromethane or 2-propanol as mobile phase for polar compounds such as substituted anilines, esters, chlorinated pesticides Reversed phase chromatography (RP) of polar compounds in aqueous-organic eluent systems Ion exchange chromatography of anions and organic acids using conventional buffers and organic modifiers

Cat. #
760722.46 760742.46 760732.46

Description
NUCLEODUR NH2 NUCLEODUR NH2-RP NUCLEODUR NH2-RP

Particle Size
5 m 3 m 5 m

Pore Size
110 110 110

ID x L
4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 150 mm 4.6 x 250 mm

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist 78 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Macherey-Nagel
NUCLEOSIL
The standard in HPLC is a family of completely porous spherical silicas that offers optimized bonding phases for every application. An incredible selection of RP phases that include Nautilus for 100% aqueous applications, as well as, C18, C8, C4, C2, Amino, Phenyl, Cyano, Nitro, Diol, Dimethylamino, Sulphonic Acid, Quaternary Ammonium, SAX, SCX, Chiral, and more. Packing sizes from 3 m to 10 m and pore sizes from 100

Features
High bed stability High efficiency High separation performance High mechanical and chemical stability High load capacity Reproducibility from lot to lot and column to column to 4000 . Available in analytical, semi-prep, and prep columns. Custom columns are also available.

Cat. #
720014.40 720041.46 720052.46 720059.46 720095.46 720205.46

Description
NUCLEOSIL C18 NUCLEOSIL C18 NUCLEOSIL C8 NUCLEOSIL C4 NUCLEOSIL NH2 (Amino) NUCLEOSIL CN-RP (Cyano)

Particle Size
5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m

Pore Size
100 120 120 300 100 100

ID x L
4 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm
HPLC

Analysis of nitroaromatic compounds (explosives)

Determination of Polyamines in Waste Water

Column: ChromCart, NUCLEOSIL C18, 120 , 3 m, 4 x 125 mm Phase: NUCLEOSIL C18, 120 , 3 m Catalog #: 721666.30 Substances: Diamino-4-nitrotoluene-26 diamino-4-nitrotoluene-24 hexogene hexahydro-135-trinitro-135-triazine trinitrobenzene-135 methyl-3-nitroaniline-2 methyl-5-nitroaniline-2 methyl-3nitroaniline-4 dinitrobenzene-13 trinitrotoluene-246 amino-26dinitrotoluene-4 am. Conditions: Eluents: A) Methanol B) Water Gradient: 35% A in 12 min. to 55% A, isocratic till 52 min., then 100 % A Temperature: 30 C Injection vol.: 40 l Flow rate: 0.35 ml/min.

Column: NUCLEOSIL C18, 100 , 5 m, 4 x 250 mm Phase: NUCLEOSIL C18, 100 , 5 m Catalog #: 720014.40 Substances: hydroxyputrescine diaminopropane putrescine cadaverine diaminooctane spermidine sym-homospermidine homospermidine Information: Derivatisation with dansylchlorid Conditions: Eluent: A: acetonitrile B: water Gradient: 60 to 15% B in 35 min. Temperature: 40 C Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min Detection: Fluorescence

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

79 www.sorbtech.com

HPLC / Polymer
MCI GEL - Highly Stable Polymeric Analytical Columns
We offer MCI GEL columns with reversed phase, size exclusion, ion exchange and hydrophobic polymer based packings for proteins, oligosaccarides, peptides, amino acids and other applications. The use of polymeric based columns has become more widespread thanks to unique selectivity of the polymer matrix that has no specific adsorption common with silica based packings. These columns can be operated with a wide pH range Separation of proteins mixture both basic and acidic eluentsdue to the chemical stability of the inert polymeric materials. Columns are available in analytical, semi-prep and prep sizes. MCI GEL reversed phase columns are based on a polystyrenic and polymethacrylate porous polymers. These columns are normally applied to the separation of aromatic and aliphatic based compounds in the isocratic and gradient elution modes. The applications include pharmaceuticals, steroids, small peptides, amphoteric molecules such as sulfonamides and cephalosporin antibiotics, plus basic drugs, simple amines, antihistamines and carbamate pesticides. Excellent separation performance Chemically stable Wide pH range (very strong acids & bases) Long Lifetime, easily cleaned No irreversible binding associated with silica based columns Accurate results
Conditions Column: MCI GEL CMG20/C04 4.6 mm I.D. x 250 mm Eluent: A) 0.05% TFA/CH3CN=80/20 B) 0.05% TFA/CH3CN=30/70 A -> B 45 min linear gradient Flow rate: 0.5 ml/min Col. Temp.: 25 C Detection: 280 nm Sample: 1. Ribonuclease A 2. Cytochrome C 3. Transderrin 4. -Chymotrypshinogen A 5. -Lactoglobulin

Reversed phase resins CHP20/C04 and CHP20/C10 are recommended for analysis of more hydrophobic substances. CMG20/C04 and CMG20/C10 are recommended for hydrophilic samples. Cat. #
0-401-05 0-403-01 0-405-01 0-406-01 0-402-05 0-202-05

HPLC

Description
MCI GEL CHP20/C04 Polystyrene RP MCI GEL CHP20/C10 Polystyrene RP MCI GEL CHP07/C04 Modified Polystyrene RP MCI GEL CHP07/C10 Modified Polystyrene RP MCI GEL CMG20/C04 Polymethacrylate RP MCI GEL CMG20/C10 Polymethacrylate RP

Particle Size
4 m 10 m 4 m 10 m 4 m 10 m

ID x L
4.6 x 150 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 150 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 150 mm 4.6 x 250 mm

pH
1 - 13 1 - 13 1 - 13 1 - 13 2 - 12 2 - 12

CK & CA are cation & anion exchange columns for food applications for sugars and oligosaccarides. Cat. #
0-009-01 0-010-01 0-111-01

Description
MCI GEL CK08S Cation MCI GEL CK08E Cation MCI GEL CA08F Anion

Particle Size
11 m 9 m 7 m

ID x L
8 x 500 mm 8 x 300 mm 4.6 x 250 mm

Counter Ion
Na+ Na+ Cl-

SCK & SA are surface functionalized resins for non-suppressed ion chromatography applications. Cat. #
0-034-04 0-133-02

Description
MCI GEL SCK01 Cation MCI GEL SCA04 Anion

Particle Size
9 m 5 m

ID x L
4.6 x 150 mm 4.6 x 150 mm

Counter Ion
H+ Cl-

CQP are designed for bioseparation for size exclusion chromatography. Cat. #
0-214-01 MCI GEL CQP10

Description

Particle Size
10 m

ID x L
7.5 x 600 mm

Pore Size
200

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist 80 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

MCI GEL
Separation of Phthalic Acid Esters
Column: Eluent: Flow rate: Col. Temp.: Detection: Sample: Conditions MCI GEL CHP20/C04 4.6 mm I.D. x 150 mm H2O/CH3CN=50/50 0.7 ml/min 60 C 254 nm 1. Dimethyl phthalate 2. Diethyl phthalate 3. Dipropyl phthalate

Amines
Column: Eluent: Flow rate: Col. Temp.: Detection: Conditions MCI GEL SCK01 6 mm I.D. x 50 mm 5mM HNO3 1.0 ml/min 40 C Conductivity 254 nm

Separation of Proteins Mixture


Column: Eluent: Flow rate: Col. Temp.: Detection: Sample: Conditions MCI GEL ProtEx-DEAE 4.6 mm I.D. x 50 mm A) 20mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0 B) A + 0.5M NaCl A -> B 30 min linear gradient 0.5 ml/min ambient 280 nm 1. Myoglobin 25 g 2. Conalbumin 25 g 3. Trypsin inhibitor 50 g

Standard Anions
Conditions Column: MCI GEL SCA04 4.6 mm I.D. x 50 mm Eluent: 3mM VA 2.8mM MDEA pH6.2 Flow rate: 1.2 ml/min Col. Temp.: 40 C Detection: Conductivity Sample: 1. F 2. H2PO4 3. Cl 4. NO2 5. Br 6. NO3 7. SO42-

ProtEx Series
MCI GEL ProtEx series packed columns are for ion exchange chromatography which separate sample proteins mainly via ionic interaction between packing material and sample molecules. The packing materials for ProtEx series columns are based on 5 m, mono disperse, porous type, methacrylate polymer, and are specifically designed for separation of proteins. On a conventional protein separation column, non-specific adsorption of sample proteins sometimes occurs resulting in loss of valuable sample. But on the ProtEx columns, non-specific adsorption is eliminated because the surface of the packing material is surrounded by a hydrophilic layer which is chemically bonded to the base material, and therefore, ion exchange of functional groups is increased.

ProtEx series are for ion exchange for sample proteins. Cat. #
014604 003704 MCI GEL ProtEx-SP

Description
MCI GEL ProtEx-DEAE

Particle Size
5 m 5 m

ID x L
7.5 x 100 mm 7.5 x 100 mm

pH
2 - 12 1 - 13

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

81 www.sorbtech.com

HPLC

MCI GEL Chiral Separation Columns


MCI GEL CRS10W and its companion product MCI GEL CRS15W (an optical isomer of CRS10W) are based on a 3 m with 100 mean pore diameter of silica gel coated with N, N-Dioctyl -L(or D)-alanine which is a novel optical activated ligand. The chiral resolution mechanism is a combination of ligand exchange and hydrophobic interaction. A copper sulfate aqueous solution is used as an eluent. Elution samples are directly detected at a wave length of 254 nm because the complex compound , composed of the sample molecule and copper in the eulent, are the objects of detection. With the CRS10W, D-isomers generally elute in front of L-isomers while L-isomers elute ahead of D-isomers on the CRS15W. The hydrophobic interaction mechanism allows hydrophilic samples to elute faster than hydrophobic molecules. Long alkyl chain or aromatic compounds will elute late or require an organic solvent (CH3CN or CH3OH, max. of 15 v/v%) to prevent absorption onto the stationary phase. Advantages: The CRS series columns separate over 20 D,L--Amino acids by only single column. The columns separate not only -Amino acids but also -Hydroxy carboxylic acids and derivative amino acids such as Acetylated amino acids. The columns provide excellent resolution operated at room temperature. The columns show high durability.

Separation mechanisms and characteristics

Application of CRS10W DL-Isoleucine

HPLC

Separation of amino acids mixture

Separation of DL-tryptophan

Durability test

Cat. #
0-219-01 0-220-01

Description
CRS10W (DLAA) CRS15W (LDAA)

Particle Size
3 m 3 m

Pore Size
100 100

ID x L
4.6 x 50 mm 4.6 x 50 mm

82 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

HPLC / GPC
Jordi Gel - Permeation Chromatography of Oligomers and Polymers
Jordi FLP manufactures a complete line of polymer-based high-pressure liquid chromatography columns specializing in size exclusion chromatography. All Jordi columns are made from 100% divinylbenzene providing maximum column life, improved resolution and more linear calibration curves due to the high pore volume of the Jordi columns. Additional benefits of choosing Jordi columns: Rugged - Jordis divinylbenzene packing can be run at high temperatures in nearly all solvents. Change solvents without damaging the Jordi column. Most Jordi packings can be used at temperatures of up to 150 C and pressures up to 30,000 psi. pH Resistant - Jordi columns are usable over the entire pH range allowing the Jordi columns to support mobile phase & pH values 0 - 14. Most competitive silica-based columns typically operate in the pH 2 - 7 range. Highly efficient - High plate counts for sharp, symmetrical peaks. Powerful separation tool - High pore-volume for greater resolution with fewer columns, as well as porosities to cover the complete molecular weight range. Jordi columns use a larger standard column dimension of 10 mm (industry norm columns are 7.8 mm) at low cost. Versatile - Largest selection of surface chemistries available, providing the greatest opportunity for a successful separation. Jordi offers a complete line of GPC columns in analytical, semi-prep, and prep sizes. For more information about the Jordi line of products and their separation capabilities, please visit our website or contact your Product Specialist.
HPLC

Cat. #
15025 90015 15065 16506 16508 18501 18601

Description
Jordi Gel DVB Column (MW range = 100 - 10,000,000 g/mol) Jordi Gel DVB Flourinated Column (MW range = 100 - 10,000,000 g/mol) Jordi Gel DVB Glucose Column (MW range = 100 - 10,000,000 g/mol) Aqueous GPC Jordi Gel DVB Reverse Phase Column Jordi Gel DVB Reverse Phase Column Jordi Gel DVB Reverse Phase C18 Column

Pore Size
Mixed-Bed Mixed-Bed Mixed-Bed 300 1000 500 500

Part. Size
5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m

ID x L
10 x 250 mm 10 x 250 mm 10 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm 4.6 x 250 mm

Jordi Gel NP DVB Glucose Column (MW range = 100 - 10,000,000 g/mol)

For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist

In addition to Jordis complete line of polymer-based gel permeation chromatography (GPC) columns, we offer a full line of SPE Cartridges (see SPE Cartridges - Jordi) and Well Plates as well as Bulk Packing Media. All Jordi GPC products are made using their high quality 100% divinylbenzene packing materials which have been in continuous production for over 25 years. Jordi uses only the highest quality resins in all of their GPC products. These products are thoroughly tested to ensure consistency from batch to batch including verification of particle shape, size and purity as well as chromatographic performance.

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

83 www.sorbtech.com

Jordi xStream Column

Use a single Jordi xStream H2O in 100% aqueous, 100% organic or any mobile phase by simply changing solvents.
Jordi xStream H2O columns represent a breakthrough in GPC column technology. This revolutionary column allows for the broadest range of separations currently obtainable with any GPC column. xStream columns were designed for aqueous GPC separations including the analysis of dextrans and polysaccharides. It performs equally well for the analysis of organic soluble polymers including the analysis of polystyrene or other common polymers in THF or chloroform. It is also an excellent choice for the analysis of nylons and poly(ethyleneterepthalate) in hexafluoroisopropanol (HFIP). A single xStream column can be used for aqueous or organic GPC analysis by simply changing solvents. xStream H2O GPC columns are an excellent column for aqueous GPC analyses. This includes the analysis of a wide range of aqueous soluble polymers including polysaccharides such as dextrans and starches. Other polymers which can be analyzed include butyl methacrylate / isobutyl methacrylate copolymer, phenoxy resin, poly(n-butyl methacrylate), polycaprolactone and poly(isobutyl methacrylate). In addition, the presence of salts in the mobile phase can be used for the analysis of cationic polymers such as quaternary amine polymers. The broad solvent compatibility of xStream H2O GPC columns allows for their application in all common organic solvents. This includes analyses in polar organic solvents such as DMSO, DMF and DMAC as well as more hydrophobic solvents such as THF and chloroform. Examples of polymer systems which have been analyzed include poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(vinyl chloride) and copolymers of acrylonitrile, styrene, butadiene, butyl methacrylate. Advantages of Jordi xStream H2O GPC columns: Separation - Broadest applicability of any currently available GPC column Mw Range - up to 700K molecular weight in H2O, up to 10 million molecular weight in organic solvents Solvent Compatibility - water and all common organic solvents Wide Range of Porosities - 1000 to 105 , Mixed Bed and SB Rugged - long column life - 3 month warranty standard Quality - subjected to rigorous quality checks

HPLC

Poly(methyl methacrylate) in HFIP

Polysaccharides in H2O

Brown - Methyl Vinyl Ether-Malecacid Copolymer - Pure H2O Blue - Polysufone - DMAC Red - Sodium Alginate - H2O/MEOH/0.01M EDTA Green - Polyvinyl Chloride - THF

Color

Jordi xStream
Cat. #
33022 33024 33025

Description
Jordi xStream H2O Column Jordi xStream H2O Column Jordi xStream H2O Column

Pore Size
1000 100000 Mixed Bed

Particle Size
5 m 5 m 5 m

ID x L
10 x 250 mm 10 x 250 mm 10 x 250 mm

84 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

HPLC Column Packing System

Pack your own HPLC columns and Save Money


SSI Lab Alliance - Pack in a Box The Portable HPLC Column Packing System
Pack-in-a-Box includes the following:
1. Model CP Constant Pressure Pump, non-flush, 0.1-24 mL/min., 10,000 psig, with transducer and RS-232 control, SS, 110/220V 2. Two empty column assemblies, 4.6 x 150 mm (column blanks, column plugs, end fittings, 2 m frits) 3. Column Packer assembly (20 mL reservoir, nuts, caps, ferrules, column adapter 5/16 4.6 mm, gasket, tubing) 4. Packer Bracket Assembly (bracket, rods, bolts, knobs, nuts) 5. C18 Spherical Silica Gel, 10 g 6. Tubing, 1/16 OD x 0.030 ID, Stainless steel 7. Quick-Set pump control software 8. Instructions

Complete Pump Control


Fast or Pressure limited ramps Ramp speed adjustments Packing pressure Packing Flow Upper and lower pressure limits

Cat. #
150050 011191 011291 011289 150026 150034 150027 Pack-in-a-Box kit

Product
Column packer reservoir, 20 mL, 5-3/4 in. Column packer reservoir, 60 mL, 15 in. Column packer reservoir, 500 mL Column assembly, 2.1 x 150 mm x 2 m Column assembly, 4.6 x 150 mm x 2 m Column assembly, 4.6 x 250 mm x 2 m

Affordable and perfect for universities and research labs.

Prep Column Packer also available online at www.Sorbtech.com

NOTE: Pack-in-a-Box has many optional parts to fit a variety of HPLC Columns For more selections and sizes, visit our website or contact your personal Product Specialist Sorbent Technologies, Inc. 85 www.sorbtech.com

HPLC

GC Columns
Macherey-Nagel Optima - High Performance GC & GC/MS Columns

Features Ultra-High Performance Increased Selectivity High Thermal Stability Max.Operating Temperatures Lower Bleed Levels Extremely Inert Macherey-Nagels Optima series columns for Capillary GC and GC-MS provide ultrahigh performance and selectivity. Optima 5-MS Accent & LRB are the next generation. A special treatment after immobilization of the phase results in lower column bleeding, higher temperature range and large sample volume injection. Optima -3 & -6 are proprietary phases with a wide range of polarities for auto selectivity that is excellent for organophosphorus pesticides (EPA 8140/8141). All columns are available in a wide selection of stationary phases, ID, length, and film thickness. Each column is tested to insure reproducibility. Application areas: environmental analysis, trace analysis, EPA methods, pesticides, PCBs, food and drug analysis, and special applications i.e. enantiomer analyses.

Comparison of separation properties of selected OPTIMA


1 2 3 5 1 2 3 5 6 74 8 9 10 6 74 8 9 10

OPTIMA

240

max. temp. 260/280 C Cat. No. 726096.30

3 1 4 25

8 9 10

OPTIMA

max. temp. 340/360 C Cat. No. 726316.30 2 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 3

OPTIMA

max. temp. 340/360 C Cat. No. 726304.30

10

20

min

30

All columns: Sample: Injection: Carrier gas: Temperature: Detector:

0.5 m lm, 30 m x 0.32 mm ID MN-OPTIMA test mixture (Cat. No. 722316) 1.0 l, split 1:50 80 kPa N 2 80 C T max (isothermal), 8 C/min 6 FID, 260 300 C, 2

Peaks: 1. Undecane 2. Dodecane 3. Octanol 4. Dimethylaniline 5. Decylamine

6. Methyl decanoate 7. Methyl undecanoate 8. Henicosane 9. Docosane 10. Tricosane

86 www.sorbtech.com

increasing polarity

GC Columns

OPTIMA

225

max. temp. 260/280 C Cat. No. 726084.30

1 2 3

4 6

8 9

OPTIMA
10

210

max. temp. 260/280 C Cat. No. 726880.30

1 3

2 5

9 10

OPTIMA

1701

max. temp. 320/340 C Cat. No. 726320.30

2 5

6 7

8 9 10

OPTIMA

17

max. temp. 320/340 C Cat. No. 726744.30

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Stationary Phase Cross-Reference for Other Manufacturers


Sorbtech offers more than 40 different phases for gas chromatography from very nonpolar to polar columns. To help navigate our offerings, refer to the cross reference table below.

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

87 www.sorbtech.com

GC Columns

OPTIMA 1

100 % dimethylpolysiloxane

Nonpolar phase Similar phases: PERMABOND SE-30, OV-1, DB-1, SE-30, HP-1, SPB-1, CP-Sil 5 CB, Rtx-1, 007-1, BP1, MDN-1, AT-1, ZB-1, OV-101 For columns with 0.1 0.32 mm ID and films < 3 m the max. temperature for isothermal operation is 340 C and the max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature program is 360 C For 0.53 mm ID columns with films < 3 m the max. temperatures are 320 and 340 C, resp. For thick film columns with films 3 m the max. temperatures are 300 and 320 C, resp. Separation of components according to boiling points Thick film columns 3 m film are especially recommended for solvent analysis USP G1 / G2 / G38

GC Columns

OPTIMA 1 MS

100 % dimethylpolysiloxane

Selectivity identical to OPTIMA 1 Similar phases: Ultra-1, DB-1MS, HP-1MS, Rtx- 1MS, Equity-1, AT-1MS, VF-1MS, CP-Sil 5 CB MS Max. temperature for isothermal operation 340 C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature program 360 C Phase with low bleeding Ideal for GC/MS and ECD applications and general analyses at trace level USP G1 / G2 / G38

88 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

OPTIMA 1 MS Accent

100 % dimethylpolysiloxane

Selectivity identical to OPTIMA 1 Similar phases: Ultra-1, DB-1 MS,HP-1 MS, Rtx-1 MS, Equity-1, AT-1 MS, VF-1 MS, CP-Sil 5 CB MS Increased sensitivity due to an unmatched low background level Max. temperature for isothermal operation 340 C Max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature program 360 C Lowest column bleed, non-polar phase, ideal for ion trap and quadrupol MS detectors Perfect inertness for basic compounds Solvent rinsing for removal of impurities applicable Application areas: all-round phase for environmental analyses, trace analyses, EPA methods, pesticides, PCB, food and drug analyses USP G1 / G2 / G38

OPTIMA 1 MS Accent, 0.50 m lm, 30 m x 0.32 mm ID , Cat. No. 725807.30 Sample: 0.2 g/ml in hexane, 8140/8141 OP pesticides calibr ation mix A and 8141 OP pesticides calibration mix B; IS tr iphenyl phosphate and tributyl phosphate Injection: splitless (hold 1 min) Inj. temperature: 250 C Carrier gas: He, 1 ml/min, constant pressure Temperature: 100 C 180 C, 10 C/min (2 min) 300 C, 18 C/min (3 min) Detector : FPD (Flame Photometric Detector), 280 C Peaks: 1. Dichlorvos, 2. Hexamethylphosphoramide, 3. Mevinphos, 4. Trichlorfon, 5. TEPP, 6. Thionazin, 7. Demeton-0, 8. Ethoprop 9. Tributyl phosphate (IS), 10. Dicrotophos, 11. Monocrotophos, 12. Naled, 13. Sulfotepp, 14. Phorate, 15. Dimethoate, 16. Demeton-S, 17. Dioxathion, 18. Terbufos, 19. Fonophos, 20. Phosphamidon isomer, 21. Diazinon, 22. Disulfoton, 23. Phosphamidon, 24. Dichlorofenthion, 25. Parathion-methyl, 26. Chlorpyrifos methyl, 27. Ronnel, 28. Fenitrothion, 29. Malathion, 30. Fenthion, 31. Aspon, 32. Parathion-ethyl, 33. Chlorpyrifos, 34. Trichloronate, 35. Chlorfenvinphos, 36. Merphos, 37. Crotoxyphos, 38. Stirofos, 39. Tokuthion, 40. Merphos oxidation product, 41. Fensulfothion, 42. Famphur, 43. Ethion, 44. Bolstar, 45. Carbophenothion, 46. Triphenyl phosphate (IS), 47. Phosmet, 48. EPN, 49. Azinphos-methyl, 50. Leptophos, 51. Trio-cresyl phosphate, 52. Azinphos-ethyl, 53. Coumaphos Column:

EPA 8140 / 8141 / 8141 A Organophosphorus pesticides


2 31 32 33 13 24 25 43 44 42 51

6 9 10 11 12 8 3 1 4 7 16 17 5 15 14

18 19 45 48 46 47 41 34 38 35 39 40 49 50 52 53

27 30 36 26 28 37 29 21 22 23

20

MN Appl. No. 213030

12

16 min

Cat. #
726050.30 706302.10 726302.30 726304.30 726304.60 726205.30 726202.60 725801.25 725805.30 725807.30 Optima 1 Optima 1 Optima 1 Optima 1 Optima 1 Optima 1 MS Optima 1 MS

Description

ID mm
0.25 mm 0.32 mm 0.32 mm 0.32 mm 0.32 mm 0.25 mm 0.32 mm 0.2 mm 0.25 mm 0.5 mm

Length
30 m 10 m 30 m 30 m 60 m 30 m 60 m 25 m 30 m 30 m

Film Thickness
0.25 m 0.25 m 0.25 m 0.50 m 0.50 m 0.25 m 0.25 m 0.20 m 0.25 m 0.5 m

max temp
340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C

Optima 1 MS Accent Optima 1 MS Accent Optima 1 MS Accent

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

89 www.sorbtech.com

GC Columns

OPTIMA 5 5 % phenyl 95 % methylpolysiloxane


Nonpolar phase Similar phases: PERMABOND SE-52, SE-54, SE-52, DB-5, HP-5, SPB-5, CP-Sil 8, Rtx-5, 007-5, BP5, MDN-5, AT-5, ZB-5 For columns with 0.1 0.32 mm D and films < 3 m max. temperature for isothermal operation is 340 C and max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature program is 360 C For 0.53 mm ID columns with films < 3 m max. temperatures are 320 and 340 C, resp. For thick film columns with films 3 m the max. temperatures are 300 and 320 C, resp. Standard phase with large range of application USP G27 / G36

OPTIMA 5 MS 5 % diphenyl 95 % dimethylpolysiloxane


Selectivity identical to OPTIMA 5 Similar phases see OPTIMA 5 MS Accent Max. temperature for isothermal operation 340 C Max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature program 360 C Phase with low bleeding- Ideal for GC/MS and ECD applications and general analyses at trace level perfect inertness for basic compounds USP G27 / G36

GC Columns

Analysis of various phenols


Column: OPTIMA 5 MS, 30 m x 0.25 mm ID, 0.25 m lm, Cat. No. 726220.30, max. temperature 340/360 C 5 ppm of each compound except N -i-propylaniline (9.4 ppm) SPME 40 C (2 min) 240 C, 6 C/min 320 C, 20 C/min MSD 12 8 14

Sample: Method: Temperature: Detector : Peaks: 1. Toluene-D 8 2. Phenol 3. 2-Methylphenol ( o-Cresol) 4. Nitrobenzene-D 5 5. N -i-Propylaniline 6. 2,4-Dichlorophenol 7. 4-Chlorophenol 8. 4-Bromo-2-chlorophenol 9. 3-Bromophenol 10. 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 11. 2,4-Dibromophenol 12. 2-Hydroxybiphenyl 13. 2-Cyclohexylphenol 14. Hexauorobisphenol A

10 5 9

7 1

34

Courtesy of Riedel-de-Han, Seelze, Germany 2 6


MN Appl. No. 210110

13 11
20 30 min

10

90 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

OPTIMA 5-MS Accent silarylene phase


Chemically bonded, cross-linked silarylene phase with polarity similar to a 5 % diphenyl - 95 % dimethylpolysiloxane phase Similar phases: DB-5 MS, HP-5 MS, Ultra-2, Equity-5, CP-Sil 8 CB low bleed/MS, Rtx-5SIL-MS, Rtx-5 MS, 007-5 MS, BPX5, MDN-5S, AT-5 MS, VF-5 MS Increased sensitivity due to an unmatched low background level Max. temperature for isothermal operation 340 C Max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature program 360 C For columns with films > 0.5 m max. temperatures are 320 and 340 C, resp. Lowest column bleed, nonpolar phase, ideal for ion trap and quadrupol MS detectors. Solvent rinsing for removal of impurities applicable Application areas: all-round phase for environmental analyses, trace analyses, EPA methods, pesticides, PCB, food and drug analyses USP G27 / G36

Baseline Separation of PAHs Column: OPTIMA 5 MS Accent, 30 m x 0.25 mm ID, 0.25 m film Phase: OPTIMA 5 MS Accent Cat #: 725820.30 Sample pretreatment: Sample: 1 l of 20 ng/l, PAH mix Conditions: Injection volume: 1 ul splitless (for 1 min) Injection temperature: 300 C Carrier gas: Hydrogen, 40 cm/sec Temperature: 40 C for 1 min --> 200 C, 20 C/min --> 310 C, 4 C /min for 5 min Detection subsequent analysis: FID, 310 C Legend: 1. naphthalene 2. acenaphthylene 3. acenapthene 4. fluorene

OPTIMA 5-MS Accent Background Noise at 340


107.8 90.2

standard 5 MS phase
FID signal in mV
107.6 90

107.4

89.8

107.2

89.6

OPTIMA
10

5 MS Accent
20 30 s

10

20

30 s

Cat. #
726056.30 726628.60 726220.30 725811.30 726354.30 Optima 5 Optima 5 Optima 5 MS

Description

ID mm
0.25 mm 0.32 mm 0.25 mm 0.32 mm 0.25 mm

Length
30 m 60 m 30 m 30 m 30 m

Film Thickness
0.25 m 0.35 m 0.25 m 0.25 m 0.5 m

max temp
340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C

Optima 5 MS Accent Optima 5 Amine

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

91 www.sorbtech.com

GC Columns

5. phenanthrene 6. anthracene 7. fluoranthene 8. pyrene

9. benzo(a)anthracene 10. chrysene 11. benzo(b)fluoranthene 12. benzo(k)fluoranthene

13. benzo(a)pyrene 14. indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 15. dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 16. benzo(ghi)perylene

OPTIMA 5 HT NEW!
Chemically bonded, cross-linked silarylene phase, polarity index according to 5 % phenyl / 95 % methylpolysiloxane Similar phases: DB-5HT, VF-5HT, HT-5,XTI-5HT, ZB-5HT Max. temperature for isothermal operation 380 C Max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme 400 C Low bleed column, nonpolar phase, ideal for MS detectors, can be rinsed with solvents USP G27 / G36

Column stability for the example of a separation of 10 components over 180 hours at 380 C isothermal

Column: OPTIMA 5 HT, 15 m x 0.25 mm ID, film 0.1 m Peaks: 1. Undecane 2. Dodecane 3. Octanol 4. Dimethylaniline 5. Decylamine 6. Methyl decanoate 7. Methyl undecanoate 8. Henicosane 9. Docosane 10. Tricosane

GC Columns

Rapid Determination of Diesel Sample With Calibration via a Steep Heating Rate Substances: diesel ingredients; alkanes (C10 - C24) Column: OPTIMA 5 HT, 15 m x 0.25 mm ID, 0.10 m film Phase: OPTIMA 5 HT Cat #: 726102.15 Sample: Diesel, 0.5 mg/ml in CH2Cl2 Calibration mix: Alkanes C10 - C24 in CH2Cl2 Conditions: Injection volume: 1.0 l, splitless (for 0.2 min), then split 100 ml/min Injection temperature: 230 C Carrier gas: Helium, 0.8 bar Temperature: 40 C for 1 min --> 360 C, 50 C/min for 20 min Detection: FID, 280 C Legend: Sample: Diesel, 0.5 mg/ml in CH2Cl2 Calibration mix: Alkanes C10 - C24 in CH2Cl2

Cat. #
726102.15 726106.30 726108.15 726108.30 Optima 5HT Optima 5HT Optima 5HT Optima 5HT

Description

ID mm
0.25 mm 0.25 mm 0.32 mm 0.32 mm

Length
15 m 30 m 15 m 30 m

Film Thickness
0.10 m 0.25 m 0.25 m 0.25 m

max temp
340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C

92 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

OPTIMA XLB NEW! silarylene phase


Chemically bonded, cross-linked silarylene phase, optimized silarylene content for lowest column bleed Similar phases: DB-XLB, Rtx-XLB, MDN-12, VF-XMS Max. temperature for isothermal operation 340 C, Max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature program 360 C Lowest column bleed, nonpolar phase, ideal for ion trap and quadrupol MS detectors Perfect inertness for basic compounds Solvent rinsing for removal of impurities applicable Application areas: ultra low bleed phase, highly selective for environmental and trace analyses, pesticides recommended phase for PCB separations
Rapid separation of PCB and PAH
Column: Injection volume: Injection: Purge ow: Temperature: Detection: OPTIMA XLB, 0.25 m lm, 30 m x 0.25 mm ID, Cat. No. 725850.30 1 l, standard 0.005 ng/l 250 C, pulsed, splitless, pulse 1.38 bar in 1 min 60 ml/min He 40 C (2 min) 240 C (2 min), 30 C/min 340 C (5 min), 10 C/min MS source 230 C, interface 280 C, quadrupol 150 C 4 8: PCB-31 9: PCB-28 5 3 1 2 6 7 82 % separation in less than 10 min! 25 26 benzo[b]uoranthene / benzo[b]uoranthene 75 % separation in 17 min! 15 21 8/9 10
6 8 10

11 13

22 25 26 27

29 28

30

12 14 16 17 18 19 20
12 14

23

24
16 18 20 min

Courtesy of Centre dAnalyses de Recherche, Lab. dHydrologie, F-65400 Illkirch, France

MN Appl. No. 212920

Determination of PCBs and PAHs from Slag Legend: 1. naphthalene 2. 2-methylnaphthalene 3. acenaphthene 4. fluorene 5. phenanthrene 6. anthracene 7. PCB 31 8. PCB 28 9. PCB 52 10. fluoranthene 11. PCB 101 12. pyrene 13. PCB 118 14. PCB 153 15. PCB 138 16. PCB 180 Column: OPTIMA XLB, 30 m, 0.25 mm, 0.25 m Phase: OPTIMA XLB Cat #: 725850.30 Sample pretreatment: Sample from slag Conditions: Injection volume: 1 l Injection temperature: 250 C Injection pulse: 1.38 bar in 1 min; splittless Carrier gas: Helium, with purge flow of 60 ml/min Temperature program: 40 C for 2 min, 40 C -> 240 C with 30 C/min, 240 C for 2 min, 240 C -> 340 C with 10 C/min, 340 C for 5 min Detection: GC-MS: Interface temperature: 280 C Ion source temperature: 230 C Quadrupol temperature: 150 C Author(-s): Centre dAnalyses de Recherche Source: Lab. DHydrologie, Illkirch (France), 2007

Cat. #
725850.30 725850.60 Optima XLB Optima XLB

Description

ID mm
0.25 mm 0.25 mm

Length
30 m 60 m

Film Thickness
0.25 m 0.25 m

max temp
340/360 C 340/360 C

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

93 www.sorbtech.com

GC Columns

Peaks: 1. Naphthalene 2. 2-Methylnaphthalene 3. Acenaphthylene 4. Acenaphthene 5. Fluorene 6. Phenanthrene 7. Anthracene 8. PCB-31 9. PCB-28 10. PCB-52 11. Fluoranthene 12. PCB-101 13. Pyrene 14. PCB-77 15. 2-Methyluoranthene 16. PCB-118 17. PCB-153 18. PCB-138 19. PCB-126 20. PCB-180 21. Benz[a]anthracene 22. Chrysene 23. PCB-169 24. PCB-194 25. Benzo[b]uoranthene 26. Benzo[k]uoranthene 27. Benzo[a]pyrene 28. Dibenz[ah]anthracene 29. Indeno[1,2,3-cd)pyrene 30. Benzo[ghi]perylene

OPTIMA -3 - polysiloxane phase with autoselectivity


Medium polar without CN groups Analytes determine the polarity of the phase Unique, no similar phase Ideal for MSD and PND detectors Max. temperature for isothermal operation 340 C Max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature program 360 C USP G49

Autoselectivity resulting in a wide range of polarities from approximately the non polar OPTIMA 5 to the midpolar OPTIMA 1701
Analysis of isomeric phenols
Column: OPTIMA -3, 0.25 m lm, 60 m x 0.25 mm ID, max. temperature 340/360 C, Cat. No. 726420.60 Injection: 1.0 l, split 1:80 8 5 Carrier gas: He, 1.3 bar 6 2 9 Temperature: 60 C (3 min) 320 C, 6 C/min 3 Detector : MSD HP 5971 13 Peaks: 4 12 1. Phenol 15 2. 2-Chlorophenol 10 14 3. 2-Methylphenol 1 11 4. 4-Methylphenol 5. 3-Methylphenol 6. 2,4-Dimethylphenol 18 7. 2-Nitrophenol 7 8. 2,4-Dichlorophenol 17 9. 2,6-Dichlorophenol 10. 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 16 20 11. 2,3,5-Trichlorophenol 12. 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 21 13. 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 14. 2,3,4-Trichlorophenol 19 15. 2,3,6-Trichlorophenol 16. 2,3,5,6-Tetrachlorophenol 17. 2,3,4,5-Tetrachlorophenol 18. 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol 19. 2,4-Dinitrophenol 20. 3,4,5-Trichlorophenol 21. 2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol 10 20 22. 2-Isopropyl-4,6-dinitrophenol

22

min

MN Appl. No. 250060

GC Columns

Analysis of a PCB mixture (Aroclor-1248) on a OPTIMA delta-3 Substances: trichlorobiphenyl; tetrachlorobiphenyl Column: OPTIMA delta-3; 50 m x 0.20 mm ID; 0.20 m Film Phase: OPTIMA delta-3 Cat #: 726400.50 Conditions: Injection volume: 1.0 l Split: 1:25 Carrier gas: He, 25 cm/s Temperature: 100 C --> 220 C, 12 C/min --> 260 C, 1 C/ min Detection: MSD Legend: PCB-31 - 2,4,5-Trichlorobiphenyl PCB-28 - 2,4,4-Trichlorobiphenyl PCB-52 - 2,2,5,5-Tetrachlorobiphenyl PCB-49 - 2,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobiphenyl PCB-44 - 2,2,3,5-Tetrachlorobiphenyl PCB-61 - 2,3,4,5-Tetrachlorobiphenyl PCB-70 - 2,3,4,5-Tetrachlorobiphenyl PCB-66 - 2,3,4,4-Tetrachlorobiphenyl

Cat. #
726410.20 726400.25 726420.60 726442.30 Optima -3 Optima -3 Optima -3 Optima -3

Description

ID mm
0.1 mm 0.2 mm 0.25 mm 0.32 mm

Length
20 m 25 m 60 m 30 m

Film Thickness
0.10 m 0.20 m 0.25 m 1.00 m

Max. Temp
340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C

94 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

OPTIMA -6 - polysiloxane phase with autoselectivity


Medium polar without CN groups Analytes determine the polarity of the phase Unique, no similar phase Medium polar without CN groups Analytes determine the polarity of the phase Unique, no similar phase

Autoselectivity resulting in a wide range of polarities from approximately the non polar OPTIMA 17 to the midpolar OPTIMA 210

Cat. #
726470.60 726480.30 726482.60 Optima -6 Optima -6 Optima -6

Description

ID mm
0.25 mm 0.32 mm 0.32 mm

Length
60 m 30 m 60 m

Film Thickness
0.25 m 0.25 m 1.00 m

Max. Temp
340/360 C 340/360 C 340/360 C

Also available
Cat. #
726065.25 726771.60 726787.30 726786.30 726318.50 726874.50 726352.25 726089.60 726296.50 726341.60 723379.25 723384.25 Optima 17 Optima 1301 Optima 624 Optima 624 LB Optima 1701 Optima 210 Optima 225 Optima 240 Optima WAX Optima FFAP FS-Lipodex G (for enantiomer separation) FS-Hydrodex B-TBDAc (for enantiomer separation)

Description

ID mm
0.2 mm 0.25 mm 0.32 mm 0.32 mm 0.32 mm 0.25 mm 0.32 mm 0.25 mm 0.32 mm 0.32 mm 0.25 mm 0.25 mm

Length
25 m 60 m 30 m 30 m 50 m 50 m 25 m 60 m 50 m 60 m 25 m 25 m

Film Thickness
0.2 m 0.25 m 1.8 m 1.8 m 0.25 m 0.5 m 0.25 m 0.25 m 0.5 m 0.25 m proprietary proprietary

Max. Temp
320/340 C 300/320 C 280/300 C 280/300 C 300/320 C 260/280 C 260/280 C 260/280 C 250/260 C 250/260 C 000/000 C 000/000 C

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

95 www.sorbtech.com

GC Columns

Laboratory Equipment
The Centrifan PE - Personal Evaporator
The new Centrifan PE simplifies small volume evaporation tasks for synthetic and medicinal chemists, as well as pharmaceutical, biotech, and university researchers. Proprietary self-generated lowdown technology eliminates the potential problems with common evaporation systems such as vacuum centrifuges, rotary evaporators, nitrogen blow-down, and freeze dryers. Experience reliable results, lower costs, greater safety, and increased productivity by choosing the Centrifan PE for your laboratory!
Flexible cold trap interfaces external chiller, dry ice or water ice

Efficient recirculating sealed Kapton heater

Oxygen free drying with nitrogen (fittings included)

Epoxy encapsulates PTC temperature sensor

Optimize solvent recovery with cold trap models

Solvent proof stainless steel liner

Splitter creates air flow to dry solvent

Green recovery Quick stopping electronic brake for motor Low power, low noise, 1200 RPM, 72G

Powder coat finish

Small footprint Automatic timer or manual on/off control (optional) Adjustable temperature setpoint up to 55C

Lab Equipment

The Centrifan PE is a convenient, compact evaporator/concentrator for research, pharmaceutical, and biotech labs working with samples such as DNA, RNA, and protein. Synthetic and medicinal chemists will save time because the Centrifan PE dries samples without the monitoring required by a rotorvap. The system also works well for processing fractions collected from flash liquid chromatography. Pharmaceutical and university labs working with radioactive and other highly toxic compounds will appreciate the advantage of the green chemistry design. Easy Operation Frees Your Time Just close the cover and walk away no monitoring required. Dry samples directly in 20 mL scintillation and other common vials. No need to maintain a vacuum pump or use a large supply of blowdown gas. Move the portable unit near your experiment it even operates on a lab cart. Set the required temp. (ambient to 55 C) and off-timer (min. to hrs). Effective Process Eliminates Cross Contamination No vacuum pump means no cross contamination from solvent bumping. Radiolabeled compounds dry safely. Residual solvent content in the sample can be reduced with inert dry gas. Compact unit fits in a hot cell to contain radioisotopes.

Efficient Technology Delivers Reliable Results The low price Centrifan PE withstands years of lab work with virtually no maintenance. The self-generating blowdown technology protects samples from loss. Centrifugal force allows secure drying directly in convenient scintillation vials. High vapor recovery permits collection of the condensate as the final product. Environmental Design Saves Energy, Protects Your Health The unit captures toxic vapors and materials in a closed system. Quiet operation reduces noise pollution in the laboratory. Low power consumption saves energy.

96 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Solvent Table for 6 x 20 mL Scint. Vial


Solvent
Methanol Hexane Acetone Isopropyl Alcohol DMF Ethyl Acetate Methylene Chloride AcN/H20 (70/30)

Solvent Table for 8 x 1.6 mL Eppendorf


Solvent
Methanol Hexane Acetone Isopropyl Alcohol DMF Ethyl Acetate Methylene Chloride AcN/H20 (70/30) Rotary Evap.
X X X X X X X X X X X X 3 3 X X X X X X 1 3 X 3 1 X X X X X X X X X 4 3

Total Volume
6 x 10 mL 5 x 5 mL 6 x 10 mL 6 x 10 mL 6 x 10 mL 6 x 10 mL 6 x 10 mL 6 x 10 mL

Temp
40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C

Time to Dry
60 min 3 hrs 15 min 35 min 70 min 12 hrs 25 min 3 hrs Vacuum Centrifuge
X X

Total Volume
8 x 1 mL 8 x 1 mL 8 x 1 mL 8 x 1 mL 8 x 1 mL 8 x 1 mL 8 x 1 mL 8 x 1 mL Freeze Dryer
X

Temp
40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C

Time to Dry
65 min 15 min 20 min 50 min 4 hrs 18 min 35 min 3 hrs

Possible Problems with Common Evaporation Systems


Sample loss from bumping caused by vacuum Cross-contamination from splashing Dry sample blown from vial; lost and contaminated Sample lost from bumping when vacuum slow and sample melts Must freeze sample before loading Safety issues concerning glassware under vacuum No recovery of volatile extract compounds Solvent vapor lost through vacuum pump or vent Vacuum pump noise degrades lab work environment System complexity requires maintenance vigilance Evaporator down because of vacuum pump rebuild Consumes large quantities of electricity or drying gas Relative speed of evaporation (MeOH, AcN, Ether) Relative speed of evaporation (Water, DMF, DMSO)

Nitrogen Blowdown

Centrifan PE Advantages
No vacuum pump eliminates bumping Centrifugal force prevents splashing Centrifugal force ensures material retent. No vacuum pump eliminates bumping No pre-freeze required No vacuum, eliminates safety concern Condenses all recirculating vapor Closed green system condenses all vapor Makes no noise One moving part 3-year warranty No vacuum pump minimizes maintenance Low power and minimal inert gas usage 4 2

KD788400

KD788401

KD788403

KD788405

KD788402

KD788404

KD788406

Cat. #
KD780070 KD781070 KD780001 KD781001 KD780072 KD781072 KD788400 KD788401 KD788402 KD788403 KD788404 KD788405 KD788406 KD788417 KD788418

Description
Centrifan PE-T Personal Evaporator (w/ Cold Trap & Timer), 120 VAC, rotor sold separately Centrifan PE-T Personal Evaporator (w/ Cold Trap & Timer), 220 VAC, rotor sold separately Centrifan PE Personal Evaporator (w/ Cold Trap), 120 VAC, rotor sold separately Centrifan PE Personal Evaporator (w/ Cold Trap), 220 VAC, rotor sold separately Centrifan Lite Personal Evaporator Lite (w/o Cold Trap & Timer), 120 VAC, rotor sold separately Centrifan Lite Personal Evaporator Lite (w/o Cold Trap & Timer), 220 VAC, rotor sold separately Rotor 6 x 20 mL Scintillation Vials Rotor 8 x 1.6 mL Micro Centrifuge Tubes Rotor 6 x 16 mm x 100 mm Test Tubes Rotor, 8 x 4 ml Vials (1 dram) Rotor 6 x 30 mL Scintillation Vials Rotor 4 x 40 mL Scintillation Vials Rotor, Centrifan PE, 10 x 1.5ml HPLC Vials Conversion Kit, Dry Ice/Ethanol cold trap, mounting bracket, and connecting tubing (to add 2nd trap if desired) Cold Trap, Dry Ice, 1/2 SA, 35/20 Ball Joint

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

97 www.sorbtech.com

Lab Equipment

Benefits of Using the Centrifan Personal Evaporator vs. Rotovap


Reducing Operator Time for Rotary Evaporators
Problem: Rotor-Vacuum Evaporators are commonly used by synthetic and purification chemists to dry solutions prior to redissolution in another solvent or prior to long term storage of the finished product. Since the volume of the starting solution is always greater than that of the final dried compound, the practice of moving to a 20 mL scintillation vial for the final evaporation step is common. Rotorvap manufacturers have facilitated compound transfer from round bottom flasks to scintillation vials by providing special adapters to maintain a vacuum-tight seal between the relatively small vial format and the large vacuum taper of the rotorvap. Drying the last 10 mL in a scintillation vial requires care and experience to avoid sample loss or contamination from bumping and foaming. This compound finishing step is critical to the process and can require the same amount of rotorvap time to complete as the first 490 mL, which requires much more of the analysts time. Solution: A new product called the Centrifan PE (for personal evaporator) can be used instead of the rotorvap to efficiently dry the last 10 mL of product solution in a 20 mL scintillation vial with confidence and unattended operation. The Centrifan PE is a portable, easy-to-use centrifugal evaporation system that provides safe, rapid drying of purified fractions and lab scale reaction mixtures. After transferring the 10 mL aliquot from the roundbottom to the scintillation vial, the user simply places the sample in the rotor of the Centrifan PE, closes the lid to start the rotor, and sets the temperature. The solution in the scintillation vial dries securely in the Centrifan PE without further monitoring and frees the laboratory worker for other tasks. In addition, the Centrifan PE offloads the time consuming finishing tasks from the rotorvap thus potentially increasing overall evaporation productivity.

Variable Speed Rocker


The VSR-50 Variable Speed Rocker is constructed by the durable steel housing system and supports up to 30 pounds of solution while constricting vibration. The rocker is equipped with a 60-minute timer with the hold feature. The unit comes equipped with a 12 x 14 table. The rocker is available with 12 x 14 or 16 x 20 angle adjustable table for maximum control. The Variable Speed Rocker allows 5 to 100 rocking motions per minute.

Digital Shaker Linear/Orbital


Orbital Digital Shaker - 2 kg/4.4 Lbs Capacity and 7.5 kg/16.5 Capacity SCILOGEX SK-O180-Pro Orbital Digital Shaker, 2Kg/4.4 Lbs Capacity Ideal for Culture Flasks, Petri-Dishers, Erlenmeyer Flasks, bottles and containers. Wide range of platforms options for culture flasks, flasks etc. (Order separately) 0-500RPM shaking speed range Timer or continuous operation 1-1199 minutes timer Independent LCD digital displays for shaking speed and timer function cTUVus approved CE Marked 2 YEAR WARRANTY SPECIFICATIONS
Lab Equipment

Speed range: 0-500 RPM Orbit diameter: 10 mm Maximum load: 2/Kg/4.4 Lbs Operating temperature range: +4 - 40 C Maximum humidity: 80% Overall dimensions: (w x d x h) 17 x 15 x 12 inches Weight: 20 Lbs Electrical supply: 110V, 60Hz, 25W

Cat. #
6418-2000 7520-0010 7520-0020 Variable Speed Rocker

Description
Linear Digital Shaker, 2 kg capacity (also available in 7.5 kg capacity, Cat. #7520-0211) Orbital Digital Shaker, 2 kg capacity (also available in 7.5 kg capacity, Cat. #7520-0221)

98 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Digital 7 x 7 Square Magnetic Hotplate/Stirrer


Features: Adjustable safety temperature cut-out: safety cut-out within the 100-580 C temperature range is adjustable. Accurate temperature and speed control: the microprocessor control technology effectively monitors the temperature and speed precision.

Digital 7 x 7 Square Magnetic Hot Plate/ Stirrer Cat. #7120-2300

Digital Magnetic Hotplate/Stirrer


SCILOGEX MS-H-Pro Digital Hotplate Stirrers, with S/Steel or Porcelain hotplate, Ambient- 340 C, 0-1500 rpm Heat only, stir only or heat and stir together functions Automatic spin bar retrieval Low temperature stability Stirring and heating functions can be saved in memory PT1000 remote temperature sensor facility (sensor is sold separately) Electronic speed control for constant speed even during changes in load Maintenance free brushless motor for long life High magnetic adhesion cTUVus approved CE Marked 2 YEAR WARRANTY

Digital 7x7 Square Magnetic Stirrer Cat. #7120-1300

Digital Magnetic Stirrer Cat. #7120-0048

Digital Magnetic Hotplate Stirrer Cat. #7120-0058

Analog Round Magnetic Hotplate/Stirrer


SCILOGEX Analog Hotplate Stirrers, with S/Steel or Porcelain plate, Ambient-340 C, 0-1500 rpm Electronic speed control for constant speed even during changes in load Low heat temperature stability Long life brushless motor High magnetic adhesion cTUVus approved CE Marked 2 YEAR WARRANTY
Lab Equipment

Analog Magnetic Stirrer Cat. #7120-0028

Analog Magnetic Hotplate Stirrer Cat. #7120-0038

Analog 7 x 7 Square Magnetic Hot Plate/Stirrer


Adjustable safety temperature cut-out: safety cut-out within the 100580 C temperature range is adjustable. Accurate temperature and speed control: the microprocessor control technology effectively monitors the temperature and speed precision.

7 Analog Square Hotplate Magnetic Stirrer Cat. #7120-2100

7 Analog Square Plate Magnetic Stirrer Cat. #7120-1100

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

99 www.sorbtech.com

Pipettors
Variable Volume Single and Multi-Channel Pipettors
Smooth plunger action, easy maintenance and calibration, tools supplied Slim line tip ejector allows pipetting into narrow tubes Compatible with a wide range of tips High degree of accuracy and precision

Cat. #
6820-0001 6820-0002 6820-0003 6820-0004 6820-0005 6820-0006 6820-0007 6820-0008 6120-0802 6120-0804 6120-0806 6120-1202 6120-1204 6120-1206

Description
Single Channel Pipettor Single Channel Pipettor Single Channel Pipettor Single Channel Pipettor Single Channel Pipettor Single Channel Pipettor Single Channel Pipettor Single Channel Pipettor 8 - Channel Pipettor 8 - Channel Pipettor 8 - Channel Pipettor 12 - Channel Pipettor 12 - Channel Pipettor 12 - Channel Pipettor

Vol. Range (l)


0.1 - 2.5 0.5 - 10 2 - 20 5 - 50 10 - 100 20 - 200 100 - 1000 1000 - 5000 0.5 - 10 5 - 50 50 - 300 0.5 - 10 5 - 50 50 - 300

Cat. #
6920-1000

Description
Motorized Pipette Filler One-handed operation, Ergonomic Design, LCD Display, Rechargeable Lithium-ion battery Volume: 0.1 - 100 ml Manual Pipette Filler Precision Control, Fits wide range of graduated and volumetric pipettes, Fits both glass and plastic, easy to clean, available in 5 color choices: Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4), and Pink (x=8) Volume: 0.1 - 100 ml

6920-000X (X = Color)
Lab Equipment

Motorized Pipette Filler Manual Pipette Filler

Serological Pipets
Sorbent Technologies now offers serological pipets for transferring liquids and suspensions with a variety of different viscosities. All pipets are virgin polystyrene, certified pyrogen-free and noncytotoxic. The innovative, non-toxic color-coded cotton plugs provide easy size identification. Unique smooth one-piece construction eliminates sample hang-up and accidental breakage Superior accuracy: 1.5% Standard sterile packaging is one-side-paper one-side-plastic, static-free, easy to open

Cat. #
7317-0010 7317-0020 7317-0050 7317-0100 7317-0250 7317-0500

Description
1 ml, Individually Wrapped, Sterile 2 ml, Individually Wrapped, Sterile 5 ml, Individually Wrapped, Sterile 10 ml, Individually Wrapped, Sterile 25 ml, Individually Wrapped, Sterile 50 ml, Individually Wrapped, Sterile

Length
10.67 10.67 11.57 11.57 11.67 13.38

Grad. Int.
0.01 ml 0.02 ml 0.10 ml 0.10 ml 0.20 ml 1.00 ml

Neg. Grad.
0.3 ml 0.4 ml 3.0 ml 3.0 ml 2.6 ml 5.0 ml

Tip I.D.
1.3 - 1.8 mm 1.8 - 2.2 mm 1.4 - 2.0 mm 1.6 - 2.4 mm 2.3 - 3.5 mm 3.1 - 3.3 mm

Qty
500 500 200 200 200 100

100 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Pipet Tips
RNase-free, DNase-free, and Non-pyrogenic
Tips made from 100% virgin polypropylene Bulk bags have reclosable ziplock seal Reloadables consume less storage space than standard racked tips Large footprint eliminates tipping problem with multichannel pipettor Quick and easy to remove or install

Aerosol Barrier Tips


Non-wettable Zero-Fluid-Retention pipet tips with beveled-ends assure unsurpassed pipetting accuracy and reproducibility, allowing microvolume dispensing without the need to "touch-off". Aero-Gard barriers block aerosols by coalescing radio-active, chemical, or biological contaminants before they can come in contact with pipettor shafts.

Description
0.1-10 L Natural Tip Universal Fit 1-200 L Natural Tip Graduated Universal Fit 1-200 L Yellow Tip Graduated Universal Fit 1-300 L Natural Tip Universal Fit 101-1000 L Blue Tip Universal Fit

Bulk Bag of 1000


5010-0010

Racks Sterilized 10 Racks of 96 10 Racks of 96


5110-0010 5310-0010

Stacks 2 x 5 Layers of 96
5810-0010

Reloads 10 inserts of 96
5210-0010

5010-0200

5110-0200

5310-0200

5810-0200

5210-0200

5010-0202

5110-0202

5310-0202

5810-0202

5210-0202

5010-0300

5110-0300

5310-0300

5810-0300

N/A

5010-1001 101-1000 L Natural Tip Universal Fit

5110-1001

5310-1001

N/A

N/A

0.1-10 L Aerosol Barrier Tip Natural Universal Fit N/A 1-30 L Aerosol Barrier Tip Natural Universal Fit N/A 1-100 L Aerosol Barrier Tip Natural Universal Fit N/A 1-200 L Aerosol Barrier Tip Natural Universal Fit N/A 101-1000 L Aerosol Barrier Tip Natural Universal Fit N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

5510-0010

N/A

N/A

5510-0030

N/A

N/A

5510-0100

N/A

N/A

5510-0200

N/A

N/A

5510-1000

N/A

N/A

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

101 www.sorbtech.com

Lab Equipment

5010-1000

5110-1000

5310-1000

N/A

N/A

Bottle Dispensers
Digital Burette
Accuracy within +/- 0.2%, Precision better than 0.1% Resolution 0.01 mL Continuous display of volume dispensed with zero reset feature for multiple titrations Simple user calibration and factory reset for ISO 9000 & GLP requirements Visible borosilicate glass barrel protected with a transparent polypropylene sleeve allows inspection of liquid before dispensing Safe anti-tip amber glass reservoirs with slide filler neck Chemically resistant and autoclavable liquid pathaway Bubble-free dispensing

Dispenser
Fully autoclavable at 121 C Available in four ranges: 0.5-50.0 ml, 1.0-10.0 ml, 2.5-25.0 ml, 5.0-50.0 ml Quick and precise volume adjustment Easy to clean and maintain, tool supplied Chemical resistant to most aggressive liquids and acids (click here to view/download our chemical compatibility chart) Comes with adapters (25, 28, 32, 38 & 40 mm) to fit all common lab bottles 3 YEAR WARRANTY

Cat. # 6607-1030

Cat. # 6620-0505

Weigh Dishes - Cuvettes


Anti-Static Weigh Dishes
Our plastic disposable weigh dishes are contaminant-free and biologically inert. They are ideal for weighing liquid or powdered samples. The flat-bottom design ensures stability while smooth surface construction provides accurate pour-outs with minimal sample loss. Perfect for static-affected samples. Hexagonal footprint for balance platform stability Contour sides for easy, secure handling Flexible for dependable sample pouring Conventional heating to 200 degrees Fahrenheit Ideal quick-freeze tray

Cat. #
8802-0020 8802-0050 8802-0200 8802-0350
Lab Equipment

Description
20 mL Weighing Dishes 50 mL Weighing Dishes 200 mL Weighing Dishes 350 mL Weighing Dishes

Top I.D.
38 mm 64 mm 102 mm 127 mm

Base I.D.
25 mm 51 mm 76 mm 89 mm

Quantity
4000 500 500 500

Cuvettes
Sorbent Technologies offers cuvettes in both 1.5 ml semi-micro and 3.5 ml standard sizes. All cuvettes are sold 100 per tray, 10 trays per case. For convenience, double-seal caps are sold separately. 10 mm path length and 45 mm high Internal path width of the semi-micro is 4 mm All cells made from polystyrene

Cat. #
8901-0001 8901-0002 8901-0003 8901-0004 Cuvette Cap

Description
Standard Cuvette Macro Fluorimeter Cuvette (four sided) Cuvette Semi-Micro

Size
3.5 mL Cap 3.5 mL 1.5 mL

Quantity
1000 1000 1000 1000

102 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

PCR Products
Cat. #3102-1801 Cat. #3102-0801 Made of superior quality medical grade polypropylene Almost translucent for better viewing of the contents Ultra thin wall design ensures rapid thermal transfer Easily open and close with one hand Available in domed or flat topped hinged caps

x = color

Individual Tubes
Cat. #
3002-250X 3002-255X 3502-129X 3502-229X

X = color

Description

Qty
1000 1000 1000 1000

Reaction Tube - 0.5 mL, PP, Dome Cap, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4) Reaction Tube - 0.5 mL, PP, Flat Cap, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4) Reaction Tube - 0.2 mL oil free operation, PP, Dome Cap, Contamination Shield, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4) Reaction Tube - 0.2 mL, oil free operations, PP, Flat Cap, Contamination Shield, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4)

Strip Tubes
Cat. #
3102-080X 3102-180X 3102-280X 3102-108X 3102-008X

X = color

Description

Qty
125 125 125 125 125
Lab Equipment

Tube Strip - 0.2 mL tube, strip of 8 tubes, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4) Domed Strip Cap - strip of 8 caps, for use with #3102-080X, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4) Flat Strip Cap - Strip of 8 caps, for use with #3102-080X, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4) PCR Strip 0.2 mL tube, w/ attached Dome cap, strip of 8, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4) PCR Strip 0.2 mL tube, w/ attached Flat cap, strip of 8, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4)

Plates and Sealing Film


Cat. #
3402-096X 3402-396X 3402-496X 3402-3840 3302-1000 3302-0500

X = color

Description

Qty
10 10 10 10 100 100 Sheets

96-well Flat PCR Plate - Thin Wall, PP, 0.2 mL well capacity, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4) 96-well Full Skirted PCR Plate - Thin Wall, PP, 0.2 mL well capacity, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4) 96-well High Chimney PCR Plate - Thin Wall, PP, 0.2 mL well capacity, Natural (X=0) Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4) 384-well Full Skirted PCR Plate - Thin Wall, PP, 40 mL well capacity, Natural (X=0) Thermal Adhesive Sealing Film - Non-sterile or Sterile Transparent, function from -70 C to +95 C Aluminum Sealing Foil - function from -85 C to +95 C

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

103 www.sorbtech.com

Tubes
Microcentrifuge Tubes
RNase-free, DNase-free, and Non-pyrogenic
Polypropylene tubes with external graduations Writing surface on flat cap and sidewall for quick sample ID Tubes tolerate centrifugation of up to 17,000 xg RCF. Withstands temperatures from +121 C to -80 C Sterile Available in Natural (X=0), Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4), and Assorted (X=7) Sterile

Cat. # X = color
2010-065X 2210-0650 2010-170X 2210-170X-2 2010-200X 2210-200X-2

Description
0.65 ml Graduated Tube - Flat cap, PP, Natural (X=0), Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4), and Assorted (X=7) Sterile 0.65 ml Graduated Tube - Flat Top, PP, Low Adhesion Surface, Natural 1.7 ml Graduated Tube - Flat Top, PP Natural (X=0), Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4), and Assorted (X=7) Sterile 1.7 ml Graduated Tube - Flat Top, PP, Low Adhesion Surface Natural (X=0), Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4), and Assorted (X=7) Sterile 2.0 ml Graduated Tube - Flat Top, PP Natural (X=0), Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4), and Assorted (X=7) Sterile 2.0 ml Graduated Tube - Flat Top, PP, Low Adhesion Surface Natural (X=0), Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Red (X=3), Yellow (X=4), and Assorted (X=7) Sterile

Quantity
1000 500 500 500 400 400

50 ml Tubes
Made from premium polypropylene for excellent chemical resistance. Withstands temperature extremes of -40 C to 125 C High centrifugation of 6500 RCF Exceptional clarity

Lab Equipment

Cat. #
2419-1050 2419-1250

Description
50 ml Tube - PP w/writing surface and cap Bulk bag, 10 Bags of 50 50 ml Tube - PP w/writing surface and cap / Sterile in 20 trays of 25

Quantity
500 500

15 ml Tubes
Available in polystyrene or polypropylene Polystyrene offers glass-like clarity and can withstand 1800 RCF. Polypropylene has excellent chemical resistance and can withstand 6400 RCF.

Cat. #
2519-0140 2501-1130 2519-1230

Description
15 ml Tube - PP w/writing surface and cap Bulk bag, 10 bags of 50 15 ml Tube - PS w/writing surface and cap / Sterile in 10 trays of 50 15 ml Tube - PP w/writing surface and cap / Sterile in 10 trays of 50

Quantity
500 500 500

104 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Gloves and Racks


Racks
Made of highly resistant acetal polymer Shatter-proof, stain-resistant Compact, lightweight, and stackable Ideal for incubators, refrigerators, freezers, and bench tops Available in five distinctive colors

50 mL Cat. # X=color
4002-600X-2 4002-160X-2

15 mL Description
Rack - For 15 mL tubes, 60 tube capacity, 3 tiers, stackable Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Yellow (X=4), Orange (X=6), and Lilac (X=8) Rack - For 50 mL tubes, 18 tube capacity, 3 tiers, stackable Also available in Blue (X=1), Green (X=2), Yellow (X=4), Orange (X=6), and Lilac (X=8)

Quantity
2 2

Nitrile Gloves - Powder-Free


100% Latex-free Textured finish / 4-5 mil thickness 9.5 length Powder-free Superior puncture and chemical resistance Cobalt blue Ambidextrous

Cat. #
1012-2000 1012-2000CS 1012-3000 1012-3000CS 1012-4000 1012-4000CS 1012-5000 1012-5000CS

Description
Nitrile Gloves - Small Nitrile Gloves - Small Nitrile Gloves - Medium Nitrile Gloves - Medium Nitrile Gloves - Large Nitrile Gloves - Large Nitrile Gloves - X-Large Nitrile Gloves - X-Large

Quantity
100 per box 10 boxes per case 100 per box 10 boxes per case 100 per box 10 boxes per case 100 per box 10 boxes per case

NEOGARD- Chloroprene Exam Gloves


Feels like latex, fits like latex but is a 100% synthetic formulation. Offer an excellent resistance to numerous types of chemical exposures and more puncture resistant than latex gloves. Textured fingertips give a great grip in wet work conditions. Powder-Free 9 inch length 5.0 mil (palm) Medical/exam grade Green color

Cat. #
1312-2001 1312-2001CS 1312-3001 1312-3001CS 1312-4001 1312-4001CS 1312-5001 1312-5001CS

Description
Chloroprene Exam Gloves - Textured, Small Chloroprene Exam Gloves - Textured, Small Chloroprene Exam Gloves - Textured, Medium Chloroprene Exam Gloves - Textured, Medium Chloroprene Exam Gloves - Textured, Large Chloroprene Exam Gloves - Textured, Large Chloroprene Exam Gloves - Textured, X-Large Chloroprene Exam Gloves - Textured, X-Large

Quantity
100 per box 10 boxes per case 100 per box 10 boxes per case 100 per box 10 boxes per case 100 per box 10 boxes per case

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

105 www.sorbtech.com

Lab Equipment

Microscopes
Sorbent Technologies offers a wide variety of microscopes and accessories to accommodate you research needs. We provide premium quality microscopes, software and accessories for research facilities as well as quality basic microscopes for educational facilities.

Research Microscopes
Mi5
Sorbtech is proud to introduce the new Mi5 microscope, our most advanced modular microscope to date. The Mi5 was developed for use in a broad range of applications from routine research and lab inspections, to more specific healthcare applications such as pathology, cytology, oncology, hematology, and gynecology. Bright white LED illumination provides clarity and maintains constant color temperature for most specimens. Superior infinity optics and proven, ergonomic design make the Mi5 comfortable to use for extended periods of time. The Mi5 is equipped to ease the burden on the busiest and most discriminating lab technicians and specialists.

i4

The i4 modular series microscope features exceptional optical quality and expandability for top-notch performance in the lab. Use the rotating head to adjust the height for taller users. Infinity Plan and Semi-Plan optics with a 30-year anti-fungal coating match quality with value within any clinics budget. The i4 microscope provides comfort, durability, dependability and superior imaging for the lifetime of the laboratory. Accessories include: blue and green filters, dust cover, immersion oil, manual and warranty card.

Cat. #
8104-5250 8104-5350 8104-2240 8104-2241 8104-2340 8104-2341 8204-8005 8204-8003
Lab Equipment

Description
Mi5, Binocular Head (Coarse and Fine Adj., 4X, 10X, 20X, 40XR, 100XR (oil) Infinity Plan Obj., LED illum., Abbe, Mechanical Stage) Mi5, Trinocular Head (Coarse and Fine Adj., 4X, 10X, 20X, 40XR, 100XR (oil) Infinity Plan Obj., LED illum., Abbe, Mechanical Stage) i4 Binocular Head (Coarse and Fine Adj., 4X, 10X, 40X, 100X (oil) Infinity Plan Obj., LED illum., Abbe, Mechanical Stage) i4 Binocular Head (Coarse and Fine Adj., 4X, 10X, 40X, 100X (oil) Semi Plan Obj., LED illum., Abbe, Mechanical Stage) i4 Trinocular Head (Coarse and Fine Adj., 4X, 10X, 40X, 100X (oil) Infinity Plan Obj., LED illum., Abbe, Mechanical Stage) i4 Trinocular Head (Coarse and Fine Adj., 4X, 10X, 40X, 100X (oil) Semi Plan Obj., LED illum., Abbe, Mechanical Stage) MiniVID USB 5MP Digital Eyepiece Camera with software OmniVid C-Mount Camera with built-in screen

Accessories:
MiniVid
The MiniVID eyepiece camera is available with an RCA output or USB connection. Plug it in to your TV, VCR, or computer. Then, attach it to any microscope for instant video micrography. The innovative MiniVID camera slips into any standard microscope eyepiece tube, in place of the eyepiece or fits onto any standard threaded C-Mount.

OmniVid
With upgraded MicroCap software Version 3.0 the OmniVID includes comprehensive measuring capabilities with saved calibrations for multiple microscopes. Connect to any size TV for training large groups, or connect to a PC for capturing digital images or digital video in the easy-to-use MicroCap V2.0 measuring trinocular head with C-Mount threading. The OmniVID camera on an LW Scientific microscope is the ultimate microscopic imaging solution.

Other Microscopes:
For information on our entire line of microscopes, including those for field research and educational facilities, visit www.sorbtech.com and brows our online Life Science catalog or speak to one of our product specialists by calling 866-SORTECH.

106 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Notes

Elutropic Series
Immiscible Miscible Solvent Polarity Index Refractive UV Cutoff Index @ @ 1 AU 20C (NM) Boiling Solvent Point (C) Group

Pentane 0 1.3575 190 36.07 0 Cyclopentane 0.11 0.4064 200 49.26 0 Heptane 0.1 1.3876 200 98.43 0 Hexane 0.11 0.3749 195 68.0 0 Isooctane 0.1 1.3914 215 99.24 0 Cyclohexane 0.2 1.4242 200 80.72 0 Carbon tetrachloride 1.6 1.4607 263 76.8 7 Diisopropyl ether 2.2 1.368 220 68.5 1 Toluene 2.4 1.4969 284 110.62 7 Methyl t-butyl ether 2.5 1.3689 210 55.2 1 Xylene 2.5 1.5054 288 144.4 7 Benzene 2.7 1.501 278 80.1 7 Diethyl Ether 2.8 1.3524 215 34.55 1 Dichloromethane 3.1 1.4241 233 39.75 5 Dichloroethane 3.5 1.4448 228 83.48 5 n-Butanol 3.9 1.3993 215 117.7 2 2-Propanol 3.9 1.3772 205 82.26 2 Butyl acetate 4 1.3942 254 126.11 6 n-Propanol 4 1.3856 210 97.2 2 Tetrahydrofuran 4 1.4072 212 66 3 Chloroform 4.1 1.4458 245 61.15 8 Ethyl Acetate 4.4 1.3724 256 77.11 6 Ethanol 4.7 1.361 210 78.5 2 Dioxane 4.8 1.4224 215 101.32 6 Acetone 5.1 1.3587 330 56.1 6 Methanol 5.1 1.3284 205 64.7 2 Acetonitrile 5.8 1.3441 190 81.6 6 Acetic Acid 6.2 1.372 230 117.9 4 Dimethylformamide 6.4 1.4305 268 153 3 Dimethyl sulfoxide 7.2 1.4783 268 189 3 Trichloroethylene 10 1.467 276 87.19 0 Water 10.2 1.333 190 100 8 Pentane Cyclopentane Heptane Hexane Isooctane Cyclohexane Carbon tetrachloride Diisopropyl ether Toluene Methyl t-butyl ether Xylene Benzene Diethyl Ether Dichloromethane Dichloroethane n-Butanol 2-Propanol Butyl acetate n-Propanol Tetrahydrofuran Chloroform Ethyl acetate Ethanol Dioxane Acetone Methanol Acetonitrile Acetic Acid Dimethylformamide Dimethyl sulfoxide Trichloroethylene Water

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

107 www.sorbtech.com

Notes

Notes

Notes

108 www.sorbtech.com

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

Notes

Sorbent Technologies, Inc.

109 www.sorbtech.com

Notes

Visit us online at www.sorbtech.com

SORBTECH
S O R B E N T T E C H N O L O G I E S

5955 Peachtree Corners E, Suite A Norcross, GA 30071 Main: 770.936.0323 Tel: 866.SORBTECH Fax: 770.936.0326

You might also like